+2008-01-03 18:20 UTC Tuomo Valkonen <tuomov@iki.fi>
+ tagged ion-doc-3rc-20080103
+
+2008-01-03 18:19 UTC Tuomo Valkonen <tuomov@iki.fi>
+ * Year changed
+
+2007-12-28 17:22 UTC Tuomo Valkonen <tuomov@iki.fi>
+ * mod_menu.bigmenu is obsolete
+
+2007-12-20 22:48 UTC Tuomo Valkonen <tuomov@iki.fi>
+ * There was still a ref. to not_quasiactive
+
+2007-12-20 22:43 UTC Tuomo Valkonen <tuomov@iki.fi>
+ * Object hierarchy descr. updates
+
+2007-12-20 18:46 UTC Tuomo Valkonen <tuomov@iki.fi>
+ tagged ion-doc-3rc-20071220
+
+2007-12-15 14:45 UTC Tuomo Valkonen <tuomov@iki.fi>
+ * There's no not_quasiactive attribute
+
+2007-12-11 21:27 UTC Tuomo Valkonen <tuomov@iki.fi>
+ * Brought winprop 'match' field doc up-to-date
+
+2007-11-30 17:27 UTC Tuomo Valkonen <tuomov@iki.fi>
+ tagged ion-doc-3rc-20071130
+
+2007-11-17 13:44 UTC Tuomo Valkonen <tuomov@iki.fi>
+ * Back to GFDL.
+
2007-11-09 14:55 UTC Tuomo Valkonen <tuomov@iki.fi>
tagged ion-doc-3rc-20071109
- GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
- Version 2, June 1991
+ GNU Free Documentation License
+ Version 1.2, November 2002
- Copyright (C) 1989, 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
- 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA
+
+ Copyright (C) 2000,2001,2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+ 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies
of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.
- Preamble
-
- The licenses for most software are designed to take away your
-freedom to share and change it. By contrast, the GNU General Public
-License is intended to guarantee your freedom to share and change free
-software--to make sure the software is free for all its users. This
-General Public License applies to most of the Free Software
-Foundation's software and to any other program whose authors commit to
-using it. (Some other Free Software Foundation software is covered by
-the GNU Library General Public License instead.) You can apply it to
-your programs, too.
-
- When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not
-price. Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you
-have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge for
-this service if you wish), that you receive source code or can get it
-if you want it, that you can change the software or use pieces of it
-in new free programs; and that you know you can do these things.
-
- To protect your rights, we need to make restrictions that forbid
-anyone to deny you these rights or to ask you to surrender the rights.
-These restrictions translate to certain responsibilities for you if you
-distribute copies of the software, or if you modify it.
-
- For example, if you distribute copies of such a program, whether
-gratis or for a fee, you must give the recipients all the rights that
-you have. You must make sure that they, too, receive or can get the
-source code. And you must show them these terms so they know their
-rights.
-
- We protect your rights with two steps: (1) copyright the software, and
-(2) offer you this license which gives you legal permission to copy,
-distribute and/or modify the software.
-
- Also, for each author's protection and ours, we want to make certain
-that everyone understands that there is no warranty for this free
-software. If the software is modified by someone else and passed on, we
-want its recipients to know that what they have is not the original, so
-that any problems introduced by others will not reflect on the original
-authors' reputations.
-
- Finally, any free program is threatened constantly by software
-patents. We wish to avoid the danger that redistributors of a free
-program will individually obtain patent licenses, in effect making the
-program proprietary. To prevent this, we have made it clear that any
-patent must be licensed for everyone's free use or not licensed at all.
-
- The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and
-modification follow.
-\f
- GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
- TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION
-
- 0. This License applies to any program or other work which contains
-a notice placed by the copyright holder saying it may be distributed
-under the terms of this General Public License. The "Program", below,
-refers to any such program or work, and a "work based on the Program"
-means either the Program or any derivative work under copyright law:
-that is to say, a work containing the Program or a portion of it,
-either verbatim or with modifications and/or translated into another
-language. (Hereinafter, translation is included without limitation in
-the term "modification".) Each licensee is addressed as "you".
-
-Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not
-covered by this License; they are outside its scope. The act of
-running the Program is not restricted, and the output from the Program
-is covered only if its contents constitute a work based on the
-Program (independent of having been made by running the Program).
-Whether that is true depends on what the Program does.
-
- 1. You may copy and distribute verbatim copies of the Program's
-source code as you receive it, in any medium, provided that you
-conspicuously and appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate
-copyright notice and disclaimer of warranty; keep intact all the
-notices that refer to this License and to the absence of any warranty;
-and give any other recipients of the Program a copy of this License
-along with the Program.
-
-You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy, and
-you may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee.
-
- 2. You may modify your copy or copies of the Program or any portion
-of it, thus forming a work based on the Program, and copy and
-distribute such modifications or work under the terms of Section 1
-above, provided that you also meet all of these conditions:
-
- a) You must cause the modified files to carry prominent notices
- stating that you changed the files and the date of any change.
-
- b) You must cause any work that you distribute or publish, that in
- whole or in part contains or is derived from the Program or any
- part thereof, to be licensed as a whole at no charge to all third
- parties under the terms of this License.
-
- c) If the modified program normally reads commands interactively
- when run, you must cause it, when started running for such
- interactive use in the most ordinary way, to print or display an
- announcement including an appropriate copyright notice and a
- notice that there is no warranty (or else, saying that you provide
- a warranty) and that users may redistribute the program under
- these conditions, and telling the user how to view a copy of this
- License. (Exception: if the Program itself is interactive but
- does not normally print such an announcement, your work based on
- the Program is not required to print an announcement.)
-\f
-These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole. If
-identifiable sections of that work are not derived from the Program,
-and can be reasonably considered independent and separate works in
-themselves, then this License, and its terms, do not apply to those
-sections when you distribute them as separate works. But when you
-distribute the same sections as part of a whole which is a work based
-on the Program, the distribution of the whole must be on the terms of
-this License, whose permissions for other licensees extend to the
-entire whole, and thus to each and every part regardless of who wrote it.
-
-Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest
-your rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to
-exercise the right to control the distribution of derivative or
-collective works based on the Program.
-
-In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Program
-with the Program (or with a work based on the Program) on a volume of
-a storage or distribution medium does not bring the other work under
-the scope of this License.
-
- 3. You may copy and distribute the Program (or a work based on it,
-under Section 2) in object code or executable form under the terms of
-Sections 1 and 2 above provided that you also do one of the following:
-
- a) Accompany it with the complete corresponding machine-readable
- source code, which must be distributed under the terms of Sections
- 1 and 2 above on a medium customarily used for software interchange; or,
-
- b) Accompany it with a written offer, valid for at least three
- years, to give any third party, for a charge no more than your
- cost of physically performing source distribution, a complete
- machine-readable copy of the corresponding source code, to be
- distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a medium
- customarily used for software interchange; or,
-
- c) Accompany it with the information you received as to the offer
- to distribute corresponding source code. (This alternative is
- allowed only for noncommercial distribution and only if you
- received the program in object code or executable form with such
- an offer, in accord with Subsection b above.)
-
-The source code for a work means the preferred form of the work for
-making modifications to it. For an executable work, complete source
-code means all the source code for all modules it contains, plus any
-associated interface definition files, plus the scripts used to
-control compilation and installation of the executable. However, as a
-special exception, the source code distributed need not include
-anything that is normally distributed (in either source or binary
-form) with the major components (compiler, kernel, and so on) of the
-operating system on which the executable runs, unless that component
-itself accompanies the executable.
-
-If distribution of executable or object code is made by offering
-access to copy from a designated place, then offering equivalent
-access to copy the source code from the same place counts as
-distribution of the source code, even though third parties are not
-compelled to copy the source along with the object code.
-\f
- 4. You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Program
-except as expressly provided under this License. Any attempt
-otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Program is
-void, and will automatically terminate your rights under this License.
-However, parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under
-this License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such
+
+0. PREAMBLE
+
+The purpose of this License is to make a manual, textbook, or other
+functional and useful document "free" in the sense of freedom: to
+assure everyone the effective freedom to copy and redistribute it,
+with or without modifying it, either commercially or noncommercially.
+Secondarily, this License preserves for the author and publisher a way
+to get credit for their work, while not being considered responsible
+for modifications made by others.
+
+This License is a kind of "copyleft", which means that derivative
+works of the document must themselves be free in the same sense. It
+complements the GNU General Public License, which is a copyleft
+license designed for free software.
+
+We have designed this License in order to use it for manuals for free
+software, because free software needs free documentation: a free
+program should come with manuals providing the same freedoms that the
+software does. But this License is not limited to software manuals;
+it can be used for any textual work, regardless of subject matter or
+whether it is published as a printed book. We recommend this License
+principally for works whose purpose is instruction or reference.
+
+
+1. APPLICABILITY AND DEFINITIONS
+
+This License applies to any manual or other work, in any medium, that
+contains a notice placed by the copyright holder saying it can be
+distributed under the terms of this License. Such a notice grants a
+world-wide, royalty-free license, unlimited in duration, to use that
+work under the conditions stated herein. The "Document", below,
+refers to any such manual or work. Any member of the public is a
+licensee, and is addressed as "you". You accept the license if you
+copy, modify or distribute the work in a way requiring permission
+under copyright law.
+
+A "Modified Version" of the Document means any work containing the
+Document or a portion of it, either copied verbatim, or with
+modifications and/or translated into another language.
+
+A "Secondary Section" is a named appendix or a front-matter section of
+the Document that deals exclusively with the relationship of the
+publishers or authors of the Document to the Document's overall subject
+(or to related matters) and contains nothing that could fall directly
+within that overall subject. (Thus, if the Document is in part a
+textbook of mathematics, a Secondary Section may not explain any
+mathematics.) The relationship could be a matter of historical
+connection with the subject or with related matters, or of legal,
+commercial, philosophical, ethical or political position regarding
+them.
+
+The "Invariant Sections" are certain Secondary Sections whose titles
+are designated, as being those of Invariant Sections, in the notice
+that says that the Document is released under this License. If a
+section does not fit the above definition of Secondary then it is not
+allowed to be designated as Invariant. The Document may contain zero
+Invariant Sections. If the Document does not identify any Invariant
+Sections then there are none.
+
+The "Cover Texts" are certain short passages of text that are listed,
+as Front-Cover Texts or Back-Cover Texts, in the notice that says that
+the Document is released under this License. A Front-Cover Text may
+be at most 5 words, and a Back-Cover Text may be at most 25 words.
+
+A "Transparent" copy of the Document means a machine-readable copy,
+represented in a format whose specification is available to the
+general public, that is suitable for revising the document
+straightforwardly with generic text editors or (for images composed of
+pixels) generic paint programs or (for drawings) some widely available
+drawing editor, and that is suitable for input to text formatters or
+for automatic translation to a variety of formats suitable for input
+to text formatters. A copy made in an otherwise Transparent file
+format whose markup, or absence of markup, has been arranged to thwart
+or discourage subsequent modification by readers is not Transparent.
+An image format is not Transparent if used for any substantial amount
+of text. A copy that is not "Transparent" is called "Opaque".
+
+Examples of suitable formats for Transparent copies include plain
+ASCII without markup, Texinfo input format, LaTeX input format, SGML
+or XML using a publicly available DTD, and standard-conforming simple
+HTML, PostScript or PDF designed for human modification. Examples of
+transparent image formats include PNG, XCF and JPG. Opaque formats
+include proprietary formats that can be read and edited only by
+proprietary word processors, SGML or XML for which the DTD and/or
+processing tools are not generally available, and the
+machine-generated HTML, PostScript or PDF produced by some word
+processors for output purposes only.
+
+The "Title Page" means, for a printed book, the title page itself,
+plus such following pages as are needed to hold, legibly, the material
+this License requires to appear in the title page. For works in
+formats which do not have any title page as such, "Title Page" means
+the text near the most prominent appearance of the work's title,
+preceding the beginning of the body of the text.
+
+A section "Entitled XYZ" means a named subunit of the Document whose
+title either is precisely XYZ or contains XYZ in parentheses following
+text that translates XYZ in another language. (Here XYZ stands for a
+specific section name mentioned below, such as "Acknowledgements",
+"Dedications", "Endorsements", or "History".) To "Preserve the Title"
+of such a section when you modify the Document means that it remains a
+section "Entitled XYZ" according to this definition.
+
+The Document may include Warranty Disclaimers next to the notice which
+states that this License applies to the Document. These Warranty
+Disclaimers are considered to be included by reference in this
+License, but only as regards disclaiming warranties: any other
+implication that these Warranty Disclaimers may have is void and has
+no effect on the meaning of this License.
+
+
+2. VERBATIM COPYING
+
+You may copy and distribute the Document in any medium, either
+commercially or noncommercially, provided that this License, the
+copyright notices, and the license notice saying this License applies
+to the Document are reproduced in all copies, and that you add no other
+conditions whatsoever to those of this License. You may not use
+technical measures to obstruct or control the reading or further
+copying of the copies you make or distribute. However, you may accept
+compensation in exchange for copies. If you distribute a large enough
+number of copies you must also follow the conditions in section 3.
+
+You may also lend copies, under the same conditions stated above, and
+you may publicly display copies.
+
+
+3. COPYING IN QUANTITY
+
+If you publish printed copies (or copies in media that commonly have
+printed covers) of the Document, numbering more than 100, and the
+Document's license notice requires Cover Texts, you must enclose the
+copies in covers that carry, clearly and legibly, all these Cover
+Texts: Front-Cover Texts on the front cover, and Back-Cover Texts on
+the back cover. Both covers must also clearly and legibly identify
+you as the publisher of these copies. The front cover must present
+the full title with all words of the title equally prominent and
+visible. You may add other material on the covers in addition.
+Copying with changes limited to the covers, as long as they preserve
+the title of the Document and satisfy these conditions, can be treated
+as verbatim copying in other respects.
+
+If the required texts for either cover are too voluminous to fit
+legibly, you should put the first ones listed (as many as fit
+reasonably) on the actual cover, and continue the rest onto adjacent
+pages.
+
+If you publish or distribute Opaque copies of the Document numbering
+more than 100, you must either include a machine-readable Transparent
+copy along with each Opaque copy, or state in or with each Opaque copy
+a computer-network location from which the general network-using
+public has access to download using public-standard network protocols
+a complete Transparent copy of the Document, free of added material.
+If you use the latter option, you must take reasonably prudent steps,
+when you begin distribution of Opaque copies in quantity, to ensure
+that this Transparent copy will remain thus accessible at the stated
+location until at least one year after the last time you distribute an
+Opaque copy (directly or through your agents or retailers) of that
+edition to the public.
+
+It is requested, but not required, that you contact the authors of the
+Document well before redistributing any large number of copies, to give
+them a chance to provide you with an updated version of the Document.
+
+
+4. MODIFICATIONS
+
+You may copy and distribute a Modified Version of the Document under
+the conditions of sections 2 and 3 above, provided that you release
+the Modified Version under precisely this License, with the Modified
+Version filling the role of the Document, thus licensing distribution
+and modification of the Modified Version to whoever possesses a copy
+of it. In addition, you must do these things in the Modified Version:
+
+A. Use in the Title Page (and on the covers, if any) a title distinct
+ from that of the Document, and from those of previous versions
+ (which should, if there were any, be listed in the History section
+ of the Document). You may use the same title as a previous version
+ if the original publisher of that version gives permission.
+B. List on the Title Page, as authors, one or more persons or entities
+ responsible for authorship of the modifications in the Modified
+ Version, together with at least five of the principal authors of the
+ Document (all of its principal authors, if it has fewer than five),
+ unless they release you from this requirement.
+C. State on the Title page the name of the publisher of the
+ Modified Version, as the publisher.
+D. Preserve all the copyright notices of the Document.
+E. Add an appropriate copyright notice for your modifications
+ adjacent to the other copyright notices.
+F. Include, immediately after the copyright notices, a license notice
+ giving the public permission to use the Modified Version under the
+ terms of this License, in the form shown in the Addendum below.
+G. Preserve in that license notice the full lists of Invariant Sections
+ and required Cover Texts given in the Document's license notice.
+H. Include an unaltered copy of this License.
+I. Preserve the section Entitled "History", Preserve its Title, and add
+ to it an item stating at least the title, year, new authors, and
+ publisher of the Modified Version as given on the Title Page. If
+ there is no section Entitled "History" in the Document, create one
+ stating the title, year, authors, and publisher of the Document as
+ given on its Title Page, then add an item describing the Modified
+ Version as stated in the previous sentence.
+J. Preserve the network location, if any, given in the Document for
+ public access to a Transparent copy of the Document, and likewise
+ the network locations given in the Document for previous versions
+ it was based on. These may be placed in the "History" section.
+ You may omit a network location for a work that was published at
+ least four years before the Document itself, or if the original
+ publisher of the version it refers to gives permission.
+K. For any section Entitled "Acknowledgements" or "Dedications",
+ Preserve the Title of the section, and preserve in the section all
+ the substance and tone of each of the contributor acknowledgements
+ and/or dedications given therein.
+L. Preserve all the Invariant Sections of the Document,
+ unaltered in their text and in their titles. Section numbers
+ or the equivalent are not considered part of the section titles.
+M. Delete any section Entitled "Endorsements". Such a section
+ may not be included in the Modified Version.
+N. Do not retitle any existing section to be Entitled "Endorsements"
+ or to conflict in title with any Invariant Section.
+O. Preserve any Warranty Disclaimers.
+
+If the Modified Version includes new front-matter sections or
+appendices that qualify as Secondary Sections and contain no material
+copied from the Document, you may at your option designate some or all
+of these sections as invariant. To do this, add their titles to the
+list of Invariant Sections in the Modified Version's license notice.
+These titles must be distinct from any other section titles.
+
+You may add a section Entitled "Endorsements", provided it contains
+nothing but endorsements of your Modified Version by various
+parties--for example, statements of peer review or that the text has
+been approved by an organization as the authoritative definition of a
+standard.
+
+You may add a passage of up to five words as a Front-Cover Text, and a
+passage of up to 25 words as a Back-Cover Text, to the end of the list
+of Cover Texts in the Modified Version. Only one passage of
+Front-Cover Text and one of Back-Cover Text may be added by (or
+through arrangements made by) any one entity. If the Document already
+includes a cover text for the same cover, previously added by you or
+by arrangement made by the same entity you are acting on behalf of,
+you may not add another; but you may replace the old one, on explicit
+permission from the previous publisher that added the old one.
+
+The author(s) and publisher(s) of the Document do not by this License
+give permission to use their names for publicity for or to assert or
+imply endorsement of any Modified Version.
+
+
+5. COMBINING DOCUMENTS
+
+You may combine the Document with other documents released under this
+License, under the terms defined in section 4 above for modified
+versions, provided that you include in the combination all of the
+Invariant Sections of all of the original documents, unmodified, and
+list them all as Invariant Sections of your combined work in its
+license notice, and that you preserve all their Warranty Disclaimers.
+
+The combined work need only contain one copy of this License, and
+multiple identical Invariant Sections may be replaced with a single
+copy. If there are multiple Invariant Sections with the same name but
+different contents, make the title of each such section unique by
+adding at the end of it, in parentheses, the name of the original
+author or publisher of that section if known, or else a unique number.
+Make the same adjustment to the section titles in the list of
+Invariant Sections in the license notice of the combined work.
+
+In the combination, you must combine any sections Entitled "History"
+in the various original documents, forming one section Entitled
+"History"; likewise combine any sections Entitled "Acknowledgements",
+and any sections Entitled "Dedications". You must delete all sections
+Entitled "Endorsements".
+
+
+6. COLLECTIONS OF DOCUMENTS
+
+You may make a collection consisting of the Document and other documents
+released under this License, and replace the individual copies of this
+License in the various documents with a single copy that is included in
+the collection, provided that you follow the rules of this License for
+verbatim copying of each of the documents in all other respects.
+
+You may extract a single document from such a collection, and distribute
+it individually under this License, provided you insert a copy of this
+License into the extracted document, and follow this License in all
+other respects regarding verbatim copying of that document.
+
+
+7. AGGREGATION WITH INDEPENDENT WORKS
+
+A compilation of the Document or its derivatives with other separate
+and independent documents or works, in or on a volume of a storage or
+distribution medium, is called an "aggregate" if the copyright
+resulting from the compilation is not used to limit the legal rights
+of the compilation's users beyond what the individual works permit.
+When the Document is included in an aggregate, this License does not
+apply to the other works in the aggregate which are not themselves
+derivative works of the Document.
+
+If the Cover Text requirement of section 3 is applicable to these
+copies of the Document, then if the Document is less than one half of
+the entire aggregate, the Document's Cover Texts may be placed on
+covers that bracket the Document within the aggregate, or the
+electronic equivalent of covers if the Document is in electronic form.
+Otherwise they must appear on printed covers that bracket the whole
+aggregate.
+
+
+8. TRANSLATION
+
+Translation is considered a kind of modification, so you may
+distribute translations of the Document under the terms of section 4.
+Replacing Invariant Sections with translations requires special
+permission from their copyright holders, but you may include
+translations of some or all Invariant Sections in addition to the
+original versions of these Invariant Sections. You may include a
+translation of this License, and all the license notices in the
+Document, and any Warranty Disclaimers, provided that you also include
+the original English version of this License and the original versions
+of those notices and disclaimers. In case of a disagreement between
+the translation and the original version of this License or a notice
+or disclaimer, the original version will prevail.
+
+If a section in the Document is Entitled "Acknowledgements",
+"Dedications", or "History", the requirement (section 4) to Preserve
+its Title (section 1) will typically require changing the actual
+title.
+
+
+9. TERMINATION
+
+You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Document except
+as expressly provided for under this License. Any other attempt to
+copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Document is void, and will
+automatically terminate your rights under this License. However,
+parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under this
+License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such
parties remain in full compliance.
- 5. You are not required to accept this License, since you have not
-signed it. However, nothing else grants you permission to modify or
-distribute the Program or its derivative works. These actions are
-prohibited by law if you do not accept this License. Therefore, by
-modifying or distributing the Program (or any work based on the
-Program), you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so, and
-all its terms and conditions for copying, distributing or modifying
-the Program or works based on it.
-
- 6. Each time you redistribute the Program (or any work based on the
-Program), the recipient automatically receives a license from the
-original licensor to copy, distribute or modify the Program subject to
-these terms and conditions. You may not impose any further
-restrictions on the recipients' exercise of the rights granted herein.
-You are not responsible for enforcing compliance by third parties to
-this License.
-
- 7. If, as a consequence of a court judgment or allegation of patent
-infringement or for any other reason (not limited to patent issues),
-conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or
-otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not
-excuse you from the conditions of this License. If you cannot
-distribute so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this
-License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you
-may not distribute the Program at all. For example, if a patent
-license would not permit royalty-free redistribution of the Program by
-all those who receive copies directly or indirectly through you, then
-the only way you could satisfy both it and this License would be to
-refrain entirely from distribution of the Program.
-
-If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under
-any particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to
-apply and the section as a whole is intended to apply in other
-circumstances.
-
-It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any
-patents or other property right claims or to contest validity of any
-such claims; this section has the sole purpose of protecting the
-integrity of the free software distribution system, which is
-implemented by public license practices. Many people have made
-generous contributions to the wide range of software distributed
-through that system in reliance on consistent application of that
-system; it is up to the author/donor to decide if he or she is willing
-to distribute software through any other system and a licensee cannot
-impose that choice.
-
-This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to
-be a consequence of the rest of this License.
-\f
- 8. If the distribution and/or use of the Program is restricted in
-certain countries either by patents or by copyrighted interfaces, the
-original copyright holder who places the Program under this License
-may add an explicit geographical distribution limitation excluding
-those countries, so that distribution is permitted only in or among
-countries not thus excluded. In such case, this License incorporates
-the limitation as if written in the body of this License.
-
- 9. The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions
-of the General Public License from time to time. Such new versions will
-be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to
-address new problems or concerns.
-
-Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the Program
-specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and "any
-later version", you have the option of following the terms and conditions
-either of that version or of any later version published by the Free
-Software Foundation. If the Program does not specify a version number of
-this License, you may choose any version ever published by the Free Software
-Foundation.
-
- 10. If you wish to incorporate parts of the Program into other free
-programs whose distribution conditions are different, write to the author
-to ask for permission. For software which is copyrighted by the Free
-Software Foundation, write to the Free Software Foundation; we sometimes
-make exceptions for this. Our decision will be guided by the two goals
-of preserving the free status of all derivatives of our free software and
-of promoting the sharing and reuse of software generally.
-
- NO WARRANTY
-
- 11. BECAUSE THE PROGRAM IS LICENSED FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO WARRANTY
-FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW. EXCEPT WHEN
-OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND/OR OTHER PARTIES
-PROVIDE THE PROGRAM "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED
-OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
-MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. THE ENTIRE RISK AS
-TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM IS WITH YOU. SHOULD THE
-PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING,
-REPAIR OR CORRECTION.
-
- 12. IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING
-WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY AND/OR
-REDISTRIBUTE THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES,
-INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING
-OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE PROGRAM (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED
-TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY
-YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER
-PROGRAMS), EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE
-POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES.
-
- END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS
-\f
- How to Apply These Terms to Your New Programs
-
- If you develop a new program, and you want it to be of the greatest
-possible use to the public, the best way to achieve this is to make it
-free software which everyone can redistribute and change under these terms.
-
- To do so, attach the following notices to the program. It is safest
-to attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively
-convey the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least
-the "copyright" line and a pointer to where the full notice is found.
-
- <one line to give the program's name and a brief idea of what it does.>
- Copyright (C) <year> <name of author>
-
- This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
- it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
- the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
- (at your option) any later version.
-
- This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
- GNU General Public License for more details.
-
- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
- Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA
-
-
-Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail.
-
-If the program is interactive, make it output a short notice like this
-when it starts in an interactive mode:
-
- Gnomovision version 69, Copyright (C) year name of author
- Gnomovision comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY; for details type `show w'.
- This is free software, and you are welcome to redistribute it
- under certain conditions; type `show c' for details.
-
-The hypothetical commands `show w' and `show c' should show the appropriate
-parts of the General Public License. Of course, the commands you use may
-be called something other than `show w' and `show c'; they could even be
-mouse-clicks or menu items--whatever suits your program.
-
-You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or your
-school, if any, to sign a "copyright disclaimer" for the program, if
-necessary. Here is a sample; alter the names:
-
- Yoyodyne, Inc., hereby disclaims all copyright interest in the program
- `Gnomovision' (which makes passes at compilers) written by James Hacker.
-
- <signature of Ty Coon>, 1 April 1989
- Ty Coon, President of Vice
-
-This General Public License does not permit incorporating your program into
-proprietary programs. If your program is a subroutine library, you may
-consider it more useful to permit linking proprietary applications with the
-library. If this is what you want to do, use the GNU Library General
-Public License instead of this License.
+
+10. FUTURE REVISIONS OF THIS LICENSE
+
+The Free Software Foundation may publish new, revised versions
+of the GNU Free Documentation License from time to time. Such new
+versions will be similar in spirit to the present version, but may
+differ in detail to address new problems or concerns. See
+http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/.
+
+Each version of the License is given a distinguishing version number.
+If the Document specifies that a particular numbered version of this
+License "or any later version" applies to it, you have the option of
+following the terms and conditions either of that specified version or
+of any later version that has been published (not as a draft) by the
+Free Software Foundation. If the Document does not specify a version
+number of this License, you may choose any version ever published (not
+as a draft) by the Free Software Foundation.
+
+
+ADDENDUM: How to use this License for your documents
+
+To use this License in a document you have written, include a copy of
+the License in the document and put the following copyright and
+license notices just after the title page:
+
+ Copyright (c) YEAR YOUR NAME.
+ Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
+ under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.2
+ or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
+ with no Invariant Sections, no Front-Cover Texts, and no Back-Cover Texts.
+ A copy of the license is included in the section entitled "GNU
+ Free Documentation License".
+
+If you have Invariant Sections, Front-Cover Texts and Back-Cover Texts,
+replace the "with...Texts." line with this:
+
+ with the Invariant Sections being LIST THEIR TITLES, with the
+ Front-Cover Texts being LIST, and with the Back-Cover Texts being LIST.
+
+If you have Invariant Sections without Cover Texts, or some other
+combination of the three, merge those two alternatives to suit the
+situation.
+
+If your document contains nontrivial examples of program code, we
+recommend releasing these examples in parallel under your choice of
+free software license, such as the GNU General Public License,
+to permit their use in free software.
\fnref{mod_menu.menu} &
Keyboard (or mouse) operated menus that open in the bottom-left corner
of a screen or frame. \\
- \fnref{mod_menu.bigmenu} &
- Same as previous, but uses another graphical style. \\
\fnref{mod_menu.pmenu} &
Mouse-operated drop-down menus. This function can only be called from a
mouse press or drag handler. \\
\tabhead{Style name & Description}
\codestr{frame} & Style for frames.
Substyle attributes: \codestr{active}/\codestr{inactive}
- (mutually exclusive) and
- \codestr{quasiactive}/\codestr{not\_quasiactive}.
+ (mutually exclusive), and
+ \codestr{quasiactive}.
A frame is ``quasiactive'' when an active region
has a back-link to it, such as a detached window. \\
\codestr{frame-tiled} & A more specific style for tiled frames.
\codestr{active}/\codestr{inactive} and
\codestr{selected}/\codestr{unselected} \\
\codestr{tab-frame} & A more specific style for frames' tabs.
- Additional substyle attributes include:
+ Additional substyle attributes include those of
+ the \codestr{frame} style, as well as tab-specific
\codestr{tagged}/\codestr{not\_tagged},
- \codestr{dragged}/\codestr{not\_dragged},
- \codestr{activity}/\codestr{no\_activity},
- \codestr{quasiactive}/\codestr{not\_quasiactive}. \\
+ \codestr{dragged}/\codestr{not\_dragged}, and
+ \codestr{activity}/\codestr{no\_activity}. \\
\codestr{tab-frame-tiled}, & \\
\codestr{tab-frame-tiled-alt}, & \\
\codestr{tab-frame-floating}, & \\
Context:
-[TAG ion-doc-3rc-20071109
-Tuomo Valkonen <tuomov@iki.fi>**20071109145504]
+[TAG ion-doc-3rc-20080103
+Tuomo Valkonen <tuomov@iki.fi>**20080103182014]
--- /dev/null
+\xchapter{GNU Free Documentation License}
+
+ \begin{center}
+
+ Version 1.2, November 2002
+
+
+ Copyright \copyright{} 2000,2001,2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+ \bigskip
+
+ 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+
+ \bigskip
+
+ Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies
+ of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.
+\end{center}
+
+
+\begin{center}
+{\bf\large Preamble}
+\end{center}
+
+The purpose of this License is to make a manual, textbook, or other
+functional and useful document ``free'' in the sense of freedom: to
+assure everyone the effective freedom to copy and redistribute it,
+with or without modifying it, either commercially or noncommercially.
+Secondarily, this License preserves for the author and publisher a way
+to get credit for their work, while not being considered responsible
+for modifications made by others.
+
+This License is a kind of ``copyleft'', which means that derivative
+works of the document must themselves be free in the same sense. It
+complements the GNU General Public License, which is a copyleft
+license designed for free software.
+
+We have designed this License in order to use it for manuals for free
+software, because free software needs free documentation: a free
+program should come with manuals providing the same freedoms that the
+software does. But this License is not limited to software manuals;
+it can be used for any textual work, regardless of subject matter or
+whether it is published as a printed book. We recommend this License
+principally for works whose purpose is instruction or reference.
+
+
+\begin{center}
+{\large\bf 1. APPLICABILITY AND DEFINITIONS\par}
+\phantomsection
+%\addcontentsline{toc}{section}{1. APPLICABILITY AND DEFINITIONS}
+\end{center}
+
+This License applies to any manual or other work, in any medium, that
+contains a notice placed by the copyright holder saying it can be
+distributed under the terms of this License. Such a notice grants a
+world-wide, royalty-free license, unlimited in duration, to use that
+work under the conditions stated herein. The ``\textbf{Document}'', below,
+refers to any such manual or work. Any member of the public is a
+licensee, and is addressed as ``\textbf{you}''. You accept the license if you
+copy, modify or distribute the work in a way requiring permission
+under copyright law.
+
+A ``\textbf{Modified Version}'' of the Document means any work containing the
+Document or a portion of it, either copied verbatim, or with
+modifications and/or translated into another language.
+
+A ``\textbf{Secondary Section}'' is a named appendix or a front-matter section of
+the Document that deals exclusively with the relationship of the
+publishers or authors of the Document to the Document's overall subject
+(or to related matters) and contains nothing that could fall directly
+within that overall subject. (Thus, if the Document is in part a
+textbook of mathematics, a Secondary Section may not explain any
+mathematics.) The relationship could be a matter of historical
+connection with the subject or with related matters, or of legal,
+commercial, philosophical, ethical or political position regarding
+them.
+
+The ``\textbf{Invariant Sections}'' are certain Secondary Sections whose titles
+are designated, as being those of Invariant Sections, in the notice
+that says that the Document is released under this License. If a
+section does not fit the above definition of Secondary then it is not
+allowed to be designated as Invariant. The Document may contain zero
+Invariant Sections. If the Document does not identify any Invariant
+Sections then there are none.
+
+The ``\textbf{Cover Texts}'' are certain short passages of text that are listed,
+as Front-Cover Texts or Back-Cover Texts, in the notice that says that
+the Document is released under this License. A Front-Cover Text may
+be at most 5 words, and a Back-Cover Text may be at most 25 words.
+
+A ``\textbf{Transparent}'' copy of the Document means a machine-readable copy,
+represented in a format whose specification is available to the
+general public, that is suitable for revising the document
+straightforwardly with generic text editors or (for images composed of
+pixels) generic paint programs or (for drawings) some widely available
+drawing editor, and that is suitable for input to text formatters or
+for automatic translation to a variety of formats suitable for input
+to text formatters. A copy made in an otherwise Transparent file
+format whose markup, or absence of markup, has been arranged to thwart
+or discourage subsequent modification by readers is not Transparent.
+An image format is not Transparent if used for any substantial amount
+of text. A copy that is not ``Transparent'' is called ``\textbf{Opaque}''.
+
+Examples of suitable formats for Transparent copies include plain
+ASCII without markup, Texinfo input format, LaTeX input format, SGML
+or XML using a publicly available DTD, and standard-conforming simple
+HTML, PostScript or PDF designed for human modification. Examples of
+transparent image formats include PNG, XCF and JPG. Opaque formats
+include proprietary formats that can be read and edited only by
+proprietary word processors, SGML or XML for which the DTD and/or
+processing tools are not generally available, and the
+machine-generated HTML, PostScript or PDF produced by some word
+processors for output purposes only.
+
+The ``\textbf{Title Page}'' means, for a printed book, the title page itself,
+plus such following pages as are needed to hold, legibly, the material
+this License requires to appear in the title page. For works in
+formats which do not have any title page as such, ``Title Page'' means
+the text near the most prominent appearance of the work's title,
+preceding the beginning of the body of the text.
+
+A section ``\textbf{Entitled XYZ}'' means a named subunit of the Document whose
+title either is precisely XYZ or contains XYZ in parentheses following
+text that translates XYZ in another language. (Here XYZ stands for a
+specific section name mentioned below, such as ``\textbf{Acknowledgements}'',
+``\textbf{Dedications}'', ``\textbf{Endorsements}'', or ``\textbf{History}''.)
+To ``\textbf{Preserve the Title}''
+of such a section when you modify the Document means that it remains a
+section ``Entitled XYZ'' according to this definition.
+
+The Document may include Warranty Disclaimers next to the notice which
+states that this License applies to the Document. These Warranty
+Disclaimers are considered to be included by reference in this
+License, but only as regards disclaiming warranties: any other
+implication that these Warranty Disclaimers may have is void and has
+no effect on the meaning of this License.
+
+
+\begin{center}
+{\large\bf 2. VERBATIM COPYING\par}
+\phantomsection
+%\addcontentsline{toc}{section}{2. VERBATIM COPYING}
+\end{center}
+
+You may copy and distribute the Document in any medium, either
+commercially or noncommercially, provided that this License, the
+copyright notices, and the license notice saying this License applies
+to the Document are reproduced in all copies, and that you add no other
+conditions whatsoever to those of this License. You may not use
+technical measures to obstruct or control the reading or further
+copying of the copies you make or distribute. However, you may accept
+compensation in exchange for copies. If you distribute a large enough
+number of copies you must also follow the conditions in section~3.
+
+You may also lend copies, under the same conditions stated above, and
+you may publicly display copies.
+
+
+\begin{center}
+{\large\bf 3. COPYING IN QUANTITY\par}
+\phantomsection
+%\addcontentsline{toc}{section}{3. COPYING IN QUANTITY}
+\end{center}
+
+
+If you publish printed copies (or copies in media that commonly have
+printed covers) of the Document, numbering more than 100, and the
+Document's license notice requires Cover Texts, you must enclose the
+copies in covers that carry, clearly and legibly, all these Cover
+Texts: Front-Cover Texts on the front cover, and Back-Cover Texts on
+the back cover. Both covers must also clearly and legibly identify
+you as the publisher of these copies. The front cover must present
+the full title with all words of the title equally prominent and
+visible. You may add other material on the covers in addition.
+Copying with changes limited to the covers, as long as they preserve
+the title of the Document and satisfy these conditions, can be treated
+as verbatim copying in other respects.
+
+If the required texts for either cover are too voluminous to fit
+legibly, you should put the first ones listed (as many as fit
+reasonably) on the actual cover, and continue the rest onto adjacent
+pages.
+
+If you publish or distribute Opaque copies of the Document numbering
+more than 100, you must either include a machine-readable Transparent
+copy along with each Opaque copy, or state in or with each Opaque copy
+a computer-network location from which the general network-using
+public has access to download using public-standard network protocols
+a complete Transparent copy of the Document, free of added material.
+If you use the latter option, you must take reasonably prudent steps,
+when you begin distribution of Opaque copies in quantity, to ensure
+that this Transparent copy will remain thus accessible at the stated
+location until at least one year after the last time you distribute an
+Opaque copy (directly or through your agents or retailers) of that
+edition to the public.
+
+It is requested, but not required, that you contact the authors of the
+Document well before redistributing any large number of copies, to give
+them a chance to provide you with an updated version of the Document.
+
+
+\begin{center}
+{\large\bf 4. MODIFICATIONS\par}
+\phantomsection
+%\addcontentsline{toc}{section}{4. MODIFICATIONS}
+\end{center}
+
+You may copy and distribute a Modified Version of the Document under
+the conditions of sections 2 and 3 above, provided that you release
+the Modified Version under precisely this License, with the Modified
+Version filling the role of the Document, thus licensing distribution
+and modification of the Modified Version to whoever possesses a copy
+of it. In addition, you must do these things in the Modified Version:
+
+\begin{itemize}
+\item[A.]
+ Use in the Title Page (and on the covers, if any) a title distinct
+ from that of the Document, and from those of previous versions
+ (which should, if there were any, be listed in the History section
+ of the Document). You may use the same title as a previous version
+ if the original publisher of that version gives permission.
+
+\item[B.]
+ List on the Title Page, as authors, one or more persons or entities
+ responsible for authorship of the modifications in the Modified
+ Version, together with at least five of the principal authors of the
+ Document (all of its principal authors, if it has fewer than five),
+ unless they release you from this requirement.
+
+\item[C.]
+ State on the Title page the name of the publisher of the
+ Modified Version, as the publisher.
+
+\item[D.]
+ Preserve all the copyright notices of the Document.
+
+\item[E.]
+ Add an appropriate copyright notice for your modifications
+ adjacent to the other copyright notices.
+
+\item[F.]
+ Include, immediately after the copyright notices, a license notice
+ giving the public permission to use the Modified Version under the
+ terms of this License, in the form shown in the Addendum below.
+
+\item[G.]
+ Preserve in that license notice the full lists of Invariant Sections
+ and required Cover Texts given in the Document's license notice.
+
+\item[H.]
+ Include an unaltered copy of this License.
+
+\item[I.]
+ Preserve the section Entitled ``History'', Preserve its Title, and add
+ to it an item stating at least the title, year, new authors, and
+ publisher of the Modified Version as given on the Title Page. If
+ there is no section Entitled ``History'' in the Document, create one
+ stating the title, year, authors, and publisher of the Document as
+ given on its Title Page, then add an item describing the Modified
+ Version as stated in the previous sentence.
+
+\item[J.]
+ Preserve the network location, if any, given in the Document for
+ public access to a Transparent copy of the Document, and likewise
+ the network locations given in the Document for previous versions
+ it was based on. These may be placed in the ``History'' section.
+ You may omit a network location for a work that was published at
+ least four years before the Document itself, or if the original
+ publisher of the version it refers to gives permission.
+
+\item[K.]
+ For any section Entitled ``Acknowledgements'' or ``Dedications'',
+ Preserve the Title of the section, and preserve in the section all
+ the substance and tone of each of the contributor acknowledgements
+ and/or dedications given therein.
+
+\item[L.]
+ Preserve all the Invariant Sections of the Document,
+ unaltered in their text and in their titles. Section numbers
+ or the equivalent are not considered part of the section titles.
+
+\item[M.]
+ Delete any section Entitled ``Endorsements''. Such a section
+ may not be included in the Modified Version.
+
+\item[N.]
+ Do not retitle any existing section to be Entitled ``Endorsements''
+ or to conflict in title with any Invariant Section.
+
+\item[O.]
+ Preserve any Warranty Disclaimers.
+\end{itemize}
+
+If the Modified Version includes new front-matter sections or
+appendices that qualify as Secondary Sections and contain no material
+copied from the Document, you may at your option designate some or all
+of these sections as invariant. To do this, add their titles to the
+list of Invariant Sections in the Modified Version's license notice.
+These titles must be distinct from any other section titles.
+
+You may add a section Entitled ``Endorsements'', provided it contains
+nothing but endorsements of your Modified Version by various
+parties--for example, statements of peer review or that the text has
+been approved by an organization as the authoritative definition of a
+standard.
+
+You may add a passage of up to five words as a Front-Cover Text, and a
+passage of up to 25 words as a Back-Cover Text, to the end of the list
+of Cover Texts in the Modified Version. Only one passage of
+Front-Cover Text and one of Back-Cover Text may be added by (or
+through arrangements made by) any one entity. If the Document already
+includes a cover text for the same cover, previously added by you or
+by arrangement made by the same entity you are acting on behalf of,
+you may not add another; but you may replace the old one, on explicit
+permission from the previous publisher that added the old one.
+
+The author(s) and publisher(s) of the Document do not by this License
+give permission to use their names for publicity for or to assert or
+imply endorsement of any Modified Version.
+
+
+\begin{center}
+{\large\bf 5. COMBINING DOCUMENTS\par}
+\phantomsection
+%\addcontentsline{toc}{section}{5. COMBINING DOCUMENTS}
+\end{center}
+
+
+You may combine the Document with other documents released under this
+License, under the terms defined in section~4 above for modified
+versions, provided that you include in the combination all of the
+Invariant Sections of all of the original documents, unmodified, and
+list them all as Invariant Sections of your combined work in its
+license notice, and that you preserve all their Warranty Disclaimers.
+
+The combined work need only contain one copy of this License, and
+multiple identical Invariant Sections may be replaced with a single
+copy. If there are multiple Invariant Sections with the same name but
+different contents, make the title of each such section unique by
+adding at the end of it, in parentheses, the name of the original
+author or publisher of that section if known, or else a unique number.
+Make the same adjustment to the section titles in the list of
+Invariant Sections in the license notice of the combined work.
+
+In the combination, you must combine any sections Entitled ``History''
+in the various original documents, forming one section Entitled
+``History''; likewise combine any sections Entitled ``Acknowledgements'',
+and any sections Entitled ``Dedications''. You must delete all sections
+Entitled ``Endorsements''.
+
+\begin{center}
+{\large\bf 6. COLLECTIONS OF DOCUMENTS\par}
+\phantomsection
+%\addcontentsline{toc}{section}{6. COLLECTIONS OF DOCUMENTS}
+\end{center}
+
+You may make a collection consisting of the Document and other documents
+released under this License, and replace the individual copies of this
+License in the various documents with a single copy that is included in
+the collection, provided that you follow the rules of this License for
+verbatim copying of each of the documents in all other respects.
+
+You may extract a single document from such a collection, and distribute
+it individually under this License, provided you insert a copy of this
+License into the extracted document, and follow this License in all
+other respects regarding verbatim copying of that document.
+
+
+\begin{center}
+{\large\bf 7. AGGREGATION WITH INDEPENDENT WORKS\par}
+\phantomsection
+%\addcontentsline{toc}{section}{7. AGGREGATION WITH INDEPENDENT WORKS}
+\end{center}
+
+
+A compilation of the Document or its derivatives with other separate
+and independent documents or works, in or on a volume of a storage or
+distribution medium, is called an ``aggregate'' if the copyright
+resulting from the compilation is not used to limit the legal rights
+of the compilation's users beyond what the individual works permit.
+When the Document is included in an aggregate, this License does not
+apply to the other works in the aggregate which are not themselves
+derivative works of the Document.
+
+If the Cover Text requirement of section~3 is applicable to these
+copies of the Document, then if the Document is less than one half of
+the entire aggregate, the Document's Cover Texts may be placed on
+covers that bracket the Document within the aggregate, or the
+electronic equivalent of covers if the Document is in electronic form.
+Otherwise they must appear on printed covers that bracket the whole
+aggregate.
+
+
+\begin{center}
+{\large\bf 8. TRANSLATION\par}
+\phantomsection
+%\addcontentsline{toc}{section}{8. TRANSLATION}
+\end{center}
+
+
+Translation is considered a kind of modification, so you may
+distribute translations of the Document under the terms of section~4.
+Replacing Invariant Sections with translations requires special
+permission from their copyright holders, but you may include
+translations of some or all Invariant Sections in addition to the
+original versions of these Invariant Sections. You may include a
+translation of this License, and all the license notices in the
+Document, and any Warranty Disclaimers, provided that you also include
+the original English version of this License and the original versions
+of those notices and disclaimers. In case of a disagreement between
+the translation and the original version of this License or a notice
+or disclaimer, the original version will prevail.
+
+If a section in the Document is Entitled ``Acknowledgements'',
+``Dedications'', or ``History'', the requirement (section~4) to Preserve
+its Title (section~1) will typically require changing the actual
+title.
+
+
+\begin{center}
+{\large\bf 9. TERMINATION\par}
+\phantomsection
+%\addcontentsline{toc}{section}{9. TERMINATION}
+\end{center}
+
+
+You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Document except
+as expressly provided for under this License. Any other attempt to
+copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Document is void, and will
+automatically terminate your rights under this License. However,
+parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under this
+License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such
+parties remain in full compliance.
+
+
+\begin{center}
+{\large\bf 10. FUTURE REVISIONS OF THIS LICENSE\par}
+\phantomsection
+%\addcontentsline{toc}{section}{10. FUTURE REVISIONS OF THIS LICENSE}
+\end{center}
+
+
+The Free Software Foundation may publish new, revised versions
+of the GNU Free Documentation License from time to time. Such new
+versions will be similar in spirit to the present version, but may
+differ in detail to address new problems or concerns. See
+http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/.
+
+Each version of the License is given a distinguishing version number.
+If the Document specifies that a particular numbered version of this
+License ``or any later version'' applies to it, you have the option of
+following the terms and conditions either of that specified version or
+of any later version that has been published (not as a draft) by the
+Free Software Foundation. If the Document does not specify a version
+number of this License, you may choose any version ever published (not
+as a draft) by the Free Software Foundation.
+
+
+\begin{center}
+{\large\bf ADDENDUM: How to use this License for your documents\par}
+\phantomsection
+%\addcontentsline{toc}{section}{ADDENDUM: How to use this License for your documents}
+\end{center}
+
+To use this License in a document you have written, include a copy of
+the License in the document and put the following copyright and
+license notices just after the title page:
+
+\bigskip
+\begin{quote}
+ Copyright \copyright{} YEAR YOUR NAME.
+ Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
+ under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.2
+ or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
+ with no Invariant Sections, no Front-Cover Texts, and no Back-Cover Texts.
+ A copy of the license is included in the section entitled ``GNU
+ Free Documentation License''.
+\end{quote}
+\bigskip
+
+If you have Invariant Sections, Front-Cover Texts and Back-Cover Texts,
+replace the ``with \dots\ Texts.'' line with this:
+
+\bigskip
+\begin{quote}
+ with the Invariant Sections being LIST THEIR TITLES, with the
+ Front-Cover Texts being LIST, and with the Back-Cover Texts being LIST.
+\end{quote}
+\bigskip
+
+If you have Invariant Sections without Cover Texts, or some other
+combination of the three, merge those two alternatives to suit the
+situation.
+
+If your document contains nontrivial examples of program code, we
+recommend releasing these examples in parallel under your choice of
+free software license, such as the GNU General Public License,
+to permit their use in free software.
+
| |-->WWindow
| | |-->WMPlex
| | | |-->WFrame
- | | | |-->WScreen
- | | | |->WRootWin
+ | | | `-->WScreen
+ | | | `->WRootWin
| | |-->WInfoWin
- | | | |-->WStatusBar (mod_statusbar)
+ | | | `-->WStatusBar (mod_statusbar)
| | |-->WMenu (mod_menu)
- | | |-->WInput (mod_query)
+ | | `-->WInput (mod_query)
| | |-->WEdln (mod_query)
- | | |-->WMessage (mod_query)
+ | | `-->WMessage (mod_query)
| |-->WGroup
| | |-->WGroupWS
- | | |-->WGroupCW
- | |-->WTiling (mod_tiling)
- |-->WSplit (mod_tiling)
+ | | `-->WGroupCW
+ | `-->WTiling (mod_tiling)
+ `-->WSplit (mod_tiling)
|-->WSplitInner (mod_tiling)
- | |-->WSplitSplit (mod_tiling)
- | |-->WSplitFloat (mod_tiling)
- |-->WSplitRegion (mod_tiling)
- |-->WSplitST (mod_tiling)
+ | `-->WSplitSplit (mod_tiling)
+ | `-->WSplitFloat (mod_tiling)
+ `-->WSplitRegion (mod_tiling)
+ `-->WSplitST (mod_tiling)
\end{verbatim}
}
%\caption{Full Ioncore and most common modules' class hierarchy
+++ /dev/null
-\xchapter{The GNU General Public License}
-
-\begin{center}
-{\parindent 0in
-
-Version 2, June 1991
-
-Copyright \copyright\ 1989, 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
-\bigskip
-
-59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA
-
-\bigskip
-
-Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies
-of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.
-}
-\end{center}
-
-\begin{center}
-{\bf\large Preamble}
-\end{center}
-
-
-The licenses for most software are designed to take away your freedom to
-share and change it. By contrast, the GNU General Public License is
-intended to guarantee your freedom to share and change free software---to
-make sure the software is free for all its users. This General Public
-License applies to most of the Free Software Foundation's software and to
-any other program whose authors commit to using it. (Some other Free
-Software Foundation software is covered by the GNU Library General Public
-License instead.) You can apply it to your programs, too.
-
-When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not price.
-Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you have the
-freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge for this service
-if you wish), that you receive source code or can get it if you want it,
-that you can change the software or use pieces of it in new free programs;
-and that you know you can do these things.
-
-To protect your rights, we need to make restrictions that forbid anyone to
-deny you these rights or to ask you to surrender the rights. These
-restrictions translate to certain responsibilities for you if you
-distribute copies of the software, or if you modify it.
-
-For example, if you distribute copies of such a program, whether gratis or
-for a fee, you must give the recipients all the rights that you have. You
-must make sure that they, too, receive or can get the source code. And
-you must show them these terms so they know their rights.
-
-We protect your rights with two steps: (1) copyright the software, and (2)
-offer you this license which gives you legal permission to copy,
-distribute and/or modify the software.
-
-Also, for each author's protection and ours, we want to make certain that
-everyone understands that there is no warranty for this free software. If
-the software is modified by someone else and passed on, we want its
-recipients to know that what they have is not the original, so that any
-problems introduced by others will not reflect on the original authors'
-reputations.
-
-Finally, any free program is threatened constantly by software patents.
-We wish to avoid the danger that redistributors of a free program will
-individually obtain patent licenses, in effect making the program
-proprietary. To prevent this, we have made it clear that any patent must
-be licensed for everyone's free use or not licensed at all.
-
-The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and
-modification follow.
-
-\begin{center}
-{\Large \sc Terms and Conditions For Copying, Distribution and
- Modification}
-\end{center}
-
-
-%\renewcommand{\theenumi}{\alpha{enumi}}
-\begin{enumerate}
-
-\addtocounter{enumi}{-1}
-
-\item
-
-This License applies to any program or other work which contains a notice
-placed by the copyright holder saying it may be distributed under the
-terms of this General Public License. The ``Program'', below, refers to
-any such program or work, and a ``work based on the Program'' means either
-the Program or any derivative work under copyright law: that is to say, a
-work containing the Program or a portion of it, either verbatim or with
-modifications and/or translated into another language. (Hereinafter,
-translation is included without limitation in the term ``modification''.)
-Each licensee is addressed as ``you''.
-
-Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not
-covered by this License; they are outside its scope. The act of
-running the Program is not restricted, and the output from the Program
-is covered only if its contents constitute a work based on the
-Program (independent of having been made by running the Program).
-Whether that is true depends on what the Program does.
-
-\item You may copy and distribute verbatim copies of the Program's source
- code as you receive it, in any medium, provided that you conspicuously
- and appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate copyright notice
- and disclaimer of warranty; keep intact all the notices that refer to
- this License and to the absence of any warranty; and give any other
- recipients of the Program a copy of this License along with the Program.
-
-You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy, and you
-may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee.
-
-\item
-
-You may modify your copy or copies of the Program or any portion
-of it, thus forming a work based on the Program, and copy and
-distribute such modifications or work under the terms of Section 1
-above, provided that you also meet all of these conditions:
-
-\begin{enumerate}
-
-\item
-
-You must cause the modified files to carry prominent notices stating that
-you changed the files and the date of any change.
-
-\item
-
-You must cause any work that you distribute or publish, that in
-whole or in part contains or is derived from the Program or any
-part thereof, to be licensed as a whole at no charge to all third
-parties under the terms of this License.
-
-\item
-If the modified program normally reads commands interactively
-when run, you must cause it, when started running for such
-interactive use in the most ordinary way, to print or display an
-announcement including an appropriate copyright notice and a
-notice that there is no warranty (or else, saying that you provide
-a warranty) and that users may redistribute the program under
-these conditions, and telling the user how to view a copy of this
-License. (Exception: if the Program itself is interactive but
-does not normally print such an announcement, your work based on
-the Program is not required to print an announcement.)
-
-\end{enumerate}
-
-
-These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole. If
-identifiable sections of that work are not derived from the Program,
-and can be reasonably considered independent and separate works in
-themselves, then this License, and its terms, do not apply to those
-sections when you distribute them as separate works. But when you
-distribute the same sections as part of a whole which is a work based
-on the Program, the distribution of the whole must be on the terms of
-this License, whose permissions for other licensees extend to the
-entire whole, and thus to each and every part regardless of who wrote it.
-
-Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest
-your rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to
-exercise the right to control the distribution of derivative or
-collective works based on the Program.
-
-In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Program
-with the Program (or with a work based on the Program) on a volume of
-a storage or distribution medium does not bring the other work under
-the scope of this License.
-
-\item
-You may copy and distribute the Program (or a work based on it,
-under Section 2) in object code or executable form under the terms of
-Sections 1 and 2 above provided that you also do one of the following:
-
-\begin{enumerate}
-
-\item
-
-Accompany it with the complete corresponding machine-readable
-source code, which must be distributed under the terms of Sections
-1 and 2 above on a medium customarily used for software interchange; or,
-
-\item
-
-Accompany it with a written offer, valid for at least three
-years, to give any third party, for a charge no more than your
-cost of physically performing source distribution, a complete
-machine-readable copy of the corresponding source code, to be
-distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a medium
-customarily used for software interchange; or,
-
-\item
-
-Accompany it with the information you received as to the offer
-to distribute corresponding source code. (This alternative is
-allowed only for noncommercial distribution and only if you
-received the program in object code or executable form with such
-an offer, in accord with Subsection b above.)
-
-\end{enumerate}
-
-
-The source code for a work means the preferred form of the work for
-making modifications to it. For an executable work, complete source
-code means all the source code for all modules it contains, plus any
-associated interface definition files, plus the scripts used to
-control compilation and installation of the executable. However, as a
-special exception, the source code distributed need not include
-anything that is normally distributed (in either source or binary
-form) with the major components (compiler, kernel, and so on) of the
-operating system on which the executable runs, unless that component
-itself accompanies the executable.
-
-If distribution of executable or object code is made by offering
-access to copy from a designated place, then offering equivalent
-access to copy the source code from the same place counts as
-distribution of the source code, even though third parties are not
-compelled to copy the source along with the object code.
-
-\item
-You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Program
-except as expressly provided under this License. Any attempt
-otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Program is
-void, and will automatically terminate your rights under this License.
-However, parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under
-this License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such
-parties remain in full compliance.
-
-\item
-You are not required to accept this License, since you have not
-signed it. However, nothing else grants you permission to modify or
-distribute the Program or its derivative works. These actions are
-prohibited by law if you do not accept this License. Therefore, by
-modifying or distributing the Program (or any work based on the
-Program), you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so, and
-all its terms and conditions for copying, distributing or modifying
-the Program or works based on it.
-
-\item
-Each time you redistribute the Program (or any work based on the
-Program), the recipient automatically receives a license from the
-original licensor to copy, distribute or modify the Program subject to
-these terms and conditions. You may not impose any further
-restrictions on the recipients' exercise of the rights granted herein.
-You are not responsible for enforcing compliance by third parties to
-this License.
-
-\item
-If, as a consequence of a court judgment or allegation of patent
-infringement or for any other reason (not limited to patent issues),
-conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or
-otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not
-excuse you from the conditions of this License. If you cannot
-distribute so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this
-License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you
-may not distribute the Program at all. For example, if a patent
-license would not permit royalty-free redistribution of the Program by
-all those who receive copies directly or indirectly through you, then
-the only way you could satisfy both it and this License would be to
-refrain entirely from distribution of the Program.
-
-If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under
-any particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to
-apply and the section as a whole is intended to apply in other
-circumstances.
-
-It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any
-patents or other property right claims or to contest validity of any
-such claims; this section has the sole purpose of protecting the
-integrity of the free software distribution system, which is
-implemented by public license practices. Many people have made
-generous contributions to the wide range of software distributed
-through that system in reliance on consistent application of that
-system; it is up to the author/donor to decide if he or she is willing
-to distribute software through any other system and a licensee cannot
-impose that choice.
-
-This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to
-be a consequence of the rest of this License.
-
-\item
-If the distribution and/or use of the Program is restricted in
-certain countries either by patents or by copyrighted interfaces, the
-original copyright holder who places the Program under this License
-may add an explicit geographical distribution limitation excluding
-those countries, so that distribution is permitted only in or among
-countries not thus excluded. In such case, this License incorporates
-the limitation as if written in the body of this License.
-
-\item
-The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions
-of the General Public License from time to time. Such new versions will
-be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to
-address new problems or concerns.
-
-Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the Program
-specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and ``any
-later version'', you have the option of following the terms and conditions
-either of that version or of any later version published by the Free
-Software Foundation. If the Program does not specify a version number of
-this License, you may choose any version ever published by the Free Software
-Foundation.
-
-\item
-If you wish to incorporate parts of the Program into other free
-programs whose distribution conditions are different, write to the author
-to ask for permission. For software which is copyrighted by the Free
-Software Foundation, write to the Free Software Foundation; we sometimes
-make exceptions for this. Our decision will be guided by the two goals
-of preserving the free status of all derivatives of our free software and
-of promoting the sharing and reuse of software generally.
-
-\begin{center}
-{\Large\sc
-No Warranty
-}
-\end{center}
-
-\item
-{\sc Because the program is licensed free of charge, there is no warranty
-for the program, to the extent permitted by applicable law. Except when
-otherwise stated in writing the copyright holders and/or other parties
-provide the program ``as is'' without warranty of any kind, either expressed
-or implied, including, but not limited to, the implied warranties of
-merchantability and fitness for a particular purpose. The entire risk as
-to the quality and performance of the program is with you. Should the
-program prove defective, you assume the cost of all necessary servicing,
-repair or correction.}
-
-\item
-{\sc In no event unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing
-will any copyright holder, or any other party who may modify and/or
-redistribute the program as permitted above, be liable to you for damages,
-including any general, special, incidental or consequential damages arising
-out of the use or inability to use the program (including but not limited
-to loss of data or data being rendered inaccurate or losses sustained by
-you or third parties or a failure of the program to operate with any other
-programs), even if such holder or other party has been advised of the
-possibility of such damages.}
-
-\end{enumerate}
-
-
-\begin{center}
-{\Large\sc End of Terms and Conditions}
-\end{center}
-
-
-\pagebreak[2]
-
-\xsectionstar{Appendix: How to Apply These Terms to Your New Programs}
-
-If you develop a new program, and you want it to be of the greatest
-possible use to the public, the best way to achieve this is to make it
-free software which everyone can redistribute and change under these
-terms.
-
- To do so, attach the following notices to the program. It is safest to
- attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively convey
- the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least the
- ``copyright'' line and a pointer to where the full notice is found.
-
-\begin{quote}
-one line to give the program's name and a brief idea of what it does. \\
-Copyright (C) yyyy name of author \\
-
-This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
-(at your option) any later version.
-
-This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
-GNU General Public License for more details.
-
-You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
-\end{quote}
-
-Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail.
-
-If the program is interactive, make it output a short notice like this
-when it starts in an interactive mode:
-
-\begin{quote}
-Gnomovision version 69, Copyright (C) yyyy name of author \\
-Gnomovision comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY; for details type `show w'. \\
-This is free software, and you are welcome to redistribute it
-under certain conditions; type `show c' for details.
-\end{quote}
-
-
-The hypothetical commands {\tt show w} and {\tt show c} should show the
-appropriate parts of the General Public License. Of course, the commands
-you use may be called something other than {\tt show w} and {\tt show c};
-they could even be mouse-clicks or menu items---whatever suits your
-program.
-
-You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or your
-school, if any, to sign a ``copyright disclaimer'' for the program, if
-necessary. Here is a sample; alter the names:
-
-\begin{quote}
-Yoyodyne, Inc., hereby disclaims all copyright interest in the program \\
-`Gnomovision' (which makes passes at compilers) written by James Hacker. \\
-
-signature of Ty Coon, 1 April 1989 \\
-Ty Coon, President of Vice
-\end{quote}
-
-
-This General Public License does not permit incorporating your program
-into proprietary programs. If your program is a subroutine library, you
-may consider it more useful to permit linking proprietary applications
-with the library. If this is what you want to do, use the GNU Library
-General Public License instead of this License.
\BOOKMARK [2][-]{subsection.5.2.1}{ Direct object references}{section.5.2}
\BOOKMARK [2][-]{subsection.5.2.2}{ Name-based lookups}{section.5.2}
\BOOKMARK [1][-]{section.5.3}{ Alternative winprop selection criteria}{chapter.5}
-\BOOKMARK [1][-]{lstlisting.5.-267}{ Writing !ion-statusd! monitors}{chapter.5}
+\BOOKMARK [1][-]{lstlisting.5.-269}{ Writing !ion-statusd! monitors}{chapter.5}
\BOOKMARK [0][-]{chapter.6}{ Function reference}{}
\BOOKMARK [1][-]{section.6.1}{ Functions defined in ioncore}{chapter.6}
\BOOKMARK [2][-]{subsection.6.1.1}{ WClientWin functions}{section.6.1}
\BOOKMARK [1][-]{section.6.9}{ Hooks}{chapter.6}
\BOOKMARK [1][-]{section.6.10}{ Miscellaneous}{chapter.6}
\BOOKMARK [2][-]{subsection.6.10.1}{ Size policies}{section.6.10}
-\BOOKMARK [0][-]{appendix.A}{ The GNU General Public License}{}
+\BOOKMARK [0][-]{appendix.A}{ GNU Free Documentation License}{}
\BOOKMARK [0][-]{appendix.B}{ Full class hierarchy visible to Lua-side}{}
-\BOOKMARK [0][-]{section*.19}{Index}{}
-\BOOKMARK [0][-]{section*.21}{Bibliography}{}
+\BOOKMARK [0][-]{section*.29}{Index}{}
+\BOOKMARK [0][-]{section*.31}{Bibliography}{}
\title{Configuring and extending Ion3 with Lua}
\author{Tuomo Valkonen \\ tuomov at iki.fi}
-\date{2007-11-09}
+\date{2008-01-03}
\makeindex
\maketitle
Configuring and extending Ion3 with Lua\\
-Copyright \copyright\ 2003--2007 Tuomo Valkonen.
+Copyright \copyright\ 2003--2008 Tuomo Valkonen.
-This document is free; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
-(at your option) any later version.
-
-This document is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
-chapter entitled ``GNU General Public License'' for more details.
+Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
+under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.2
+published by the Free Software Foundation;
+with no Invariant Sections, no Front-Cover Texts, and no Back-Cover Texts.
+A copy of the license is included in the section entitled ``GNU
+Free Documentation License''.
\tableofcontents
\appendix
-\input{gpl}
+\input{fdl}
\input{fullhierarchy}
-This is pdfeTeX, Version 3.141592-1.21a-2.2 (Web2C 7.5.4) (format=latex 2007.10.8) 9 NOV 2007 17:01
+This is pdfeTeX, Version 3.141592-1.21a-2.2 (Web2C 7.5.4) (format=latex 2007.10.8) 3 JAN 2008 20:21
entering extended mode
**./images.tex
(./images.tex
(Font) <8> on input line 235.
LaTeX Font Info: External font `cmex10' loaded for size
(Font) <6> on input line 235.
-l2hSize :tex2html_wrap_inline1059:7.0626pt::0.0pt::7.1201pt.
+l2hSize :tex2html_wrap_inline1057:7.0626pt::0.0pt::7.1201pt.
[1
]
-l2hSize :tex2html_wrap_inline1063:7.48248pt::0.0pt::48.86426pt.
+l2hSize :tex2html_wrap_inline1061:7.48248pt::0.0pt::48.86426pt.
[2
]
-l2hSize :tex2html_wrap_inline2263:8.7125pt::8.7125pt::23.6642pt.
+l2hSize :tex2html_wrap_inline2253:8.7125pt::8.7125pt::23.6642pt.
[3
]
-l2hSize :tex2html_wrap_inline5530:7.5626pt::7.5626pt::14.53923pt.
+l2hSize :tex2html_wrap_inline5542:7.5626pt::7.5626pt::14.53923pt.
[4
]
-l2hSize :tex2html_wrap_inline5532:7.5626pt::7.5626pt::14.53923pt.
+l2hSize :tex2html_wrap_inline5544:7.5626pt::7.5626pt::14.53923pt.
[5
]
-l2hSize :tex2html_wrap_inline7786:8.7125pt::8.7125pt::86.9574pt.
+l2hSize :tex2html_wrap_inline7800:8.7125pt::8.7125pt::86.9574pt.
[6
Here is how much of TeX's memory you used:
4466 strings out of 94501
63427 string characters out of 1175794
- 123473 words of memory out of 1000000
+ 123474 words of memory out of 1000000
7610 multiletter control sequences out of 10000+50000
7874 words of font info for 24 fonts, out of 500000 for 2000
580 hyphenation exceptions out of 8191
\title{Configuring and extending Ion3 with Lua}
\author{Tuomo Valkonen \\tuomov at iki.fi}
-\date{2007-11-09}
+\date{2008-01-03}
\makeindex
\stepcounter{section}
\stepcounter{section}
{\newpage\clearpage
-\lthtmlinlinemathA{tex2html_wrap_inline1059}%
+\lthtmlinlinemathA{tex2html_wrap_inline1057}%
$n$%
\lthtmlinlinemathZ
\lthtmlcheckvsize\clearpage}
\stepcounter{subsection}
\stepcounter{subsection}
{\newpage\clearpage
-\lthtmlinlinemathA{tex2html_wrap_inline1063}%
+\lthtmlinlinemathA{tex2html_wrap_inline1061}%
$N=1{\ldots} 5$%
\lthtmlinlinemathZ
\lthtmlcheckvsize\clearpage}
\stepcounter{subsection}
\stepcounter{subsection}
{\newpage\clearpage
-\lthtmlinlinemathA{tex2html_wrap_inline2263}%
+\lthtmlinlinemathA{tex2html_wrap_inline2253}%
$(0, 1]$%
\lthtmlinlinemathZ
\lthtmlcheckvsize\clearpage}
\stepcounter{subsection}
\stepcounter{subsection}
{\newpage\clearpage
-\lthtmlinlinemathA{tex2html_wrap_inline5530}%
+\lthtmlinlinemathA{tex2html_wrap_inline5542}%
$-1$%
\lthtmlinlinemathZ
\lthtmlcheckvsize\clearpage}
{\newpage\clearpage
-\lthtmlinlinemathA{tex2html_wrap_inline5532}%
+\lthtmlinlinemathA{tex2html_wrap_inline5544}%
$-2$%
\lthtmlinlinemathZ
\lthtmlcheckvsize\clearpage}
\stepcounter{section}
\stepcounter{subsection}
{\newpage\clearpage
-\lthtmlinlinemathA{tex2html_wrap_inline7786}%
+\lthtmlinlinemathA{tex2html_wrap_inline7800}%
$\{t,m,b\}\times\{t,c,b\}$%
\lthtmlinlinemathZ
\lthtmlcheckvsize\clearpage}
\stepcounter{subsection}
\appendix
\stepcounter{chapter}
-\addtocounter{enumi}{-1}
\stepcounter{chapter}
%
<P ALIGN="CENTER"><STRONG>Tuomo Valkonen</STRONG></P>
<P ALIGN="CENTER"><I>tuomov at iki.fi</I></P>
-<P ALIGN="CENTER"><STRONG>2007-11-09</STRONG></P>
+<P ALIGN="CENTER"><STRONG>2008-01-03</STRONG></P>
</DIV>
<P>
Configuring and extending Ion3 with Lua
<BR>
-Copyright © 2003-2007 Tuomo Valkonen.
+Copyright © 2003-2008 Tuomo Valkonen.
<P>
-This document is free; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
-(at your option) any later version.
-
-<P>
-This document is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
-chapter entitled ``GNU General Public License'' for more details.
+Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
+under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.2
+published by the Free Software Foundation;
+with no Invariant Sections, no Front-Cover Texts, and no Back-Cover Texts.
+A copy of the license is included in the section entitled ``GNU
+Free Documentation License''.
<P>
<BR><HR>
</UL>
<BR>
<LI><A NAME="tex2html127"
- HREF="node8.html">A. The GNU General Public License</A>
-<UL>
+ HREF="node8.html">A. GNU Free Documentation License</A>
<LI><A NAME="tex2html128"
- HREF="node8.html#SECTION00810000000000000000">Appendix: How to Apply These Terms to Your New Programs</A>
-</UL>
-<BR>
-<LI><A NAME="tex2html129"
HREF="node9.html">B. Full class hierarchy visible to Lua-side</A>
-<LI><A NAME="tex2html130"
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html129"
HREF="node10.html">List of functions</A>
-<LI><A NAME="tex2html131"
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html130"
HREF="node11.html">Index</A>
-<LI><A NAME="tex2html132"
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html131"
HREF="node12.html">Bibliography</A>
-<LI><A NAME="tex2html133"
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html132"
HREF="node13.html">About this document ...</A>
</UL>
<!--End of Table of Child-Links-->
DIV.navigation { }
DIV.flushleft { }
DIV.center { }
-SPAN.sc { }
DIV.quote { }
PRE.preform { }
SPAN.textit { font-style: italic }
<P ALIGN="CENTER"><STRONG>Tuomo Valkonen</STRONG></P>
<P ALIGN="CENTER"><I>tuomov at iki.fi</I></P>
-<P ALIGN="CENTER"><STRONG>2007-11-09</STRONG></P>
+<P ALIGN="CENTER"><STRONG>2008-01-03</STRONG></P>
</DIV>
<P>
Configuring and extending Ion3 with Lua
<BR>
-Copyright © 2003-2007 Tuomo Valkonen.
+Copyright © 2003-2008 Tuomo Valkonen.
<P>
-This document is free; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
-(at your option) any later version.
-
-<P>
-This document is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
-chapter entitled ``GNU General Public License'' for more details.
+Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
+under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.2
+published by the Free Software Foundation;
+with no Invariant Sections, no Front-Cover Texts, and no Back-Cover Texts.
+A copy of the license is included in the section entitled ``GNU
+Free Documentation License''.
<P>
<BR><HR>
</UL>
<BR>
<LI><A NAME="tex2html127"
- HREF="node8.html">A. The GNU General Public License</A>
-<UL>
+ HREF="node8.html">A. GNU Free Documentation License</A>
<LI><A NAME="tex2html128"
- HREF="node8.html#SECTION00810000000000000000">Appendix: How to Apply These Terms to Your New Programs</A>
-</UL>
-<BR>
-<LI><A NAME="tex2html129"
HREF="node9.html">B. Full class hierarchy visible to Lua-side</A>
-<LI><A NAME="tex2html130"
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html129"
HREF="node10.html">List of functions</A>
-<LI><A NAME="tex2html131"
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html130"
HREF="node11.html">Index</A>
-<LI><A NAME="tex2html132"
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html131"
HREF="node12.html">Bibliography</A>
-<LI><A NAME="tex2html133"
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html132"
HREF="node13.html">About this document ...</A>
</UL>
<!--End of Table of Child-Links-->
<BODY >
<DIV CLASS="navigation"><!--Navigation Panel-->
-<A NAME="tex2html144"
+<A NAME="tex2html143"
HREF="node2.html">
<IMG WIDTH="37" HEIGHT="24" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0" ALT="next" SRC="next.png"></A>
-<A NAME="tex2html140"
+<A NAME="tex2html139"
HREF="ionconf.html">
<IMG WIDTH="26" HEIGHT="24" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0" ALT="up" SRC="up.png"></A>
-<A NAME="tex2html134"
+<A NAME="tex2html133"
HREF="ionconf.html">
<IMG WIDTH="63" HEIGHT="24" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0" ALT="previous" SRC="prev.png"></A>
-<A NAME="tex2html142"
+<A NAME="tex2html141"
HREF="node11.html">
<IMG WIDTH="43" HEIGHT="24" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0" ALT="index" SRC="index.png"></A>
<BR>
-<B> Next:</B> <A NAME="tex2html145"
+<B> Next:</B> <A NAME="tex2html144"
HREF="node2.html">1. Introduction</A>
-<B> Up:</B> <A NAME="tex2html141"
+<B> Up:</B> <A NAME="tex2html140"
HREF="ionconf.html">Configuring and extending Ion3</A>
-<B> Previous:</B> <A NAME="tex2html135"
+<B> Previous:</B> <A NAME="tex2html134"
HREF="ionconf.html">Configuring and extending Ion3</A>
- <B> <A NAME="tex2html143"
+ <B> <A NAME="tex2html142"
HREF="node11.html">Index</A></B>
<BR>
<BR></DIV>
<!--Table of Contents-->
<UL CLASS="TofC">
-<LI><A NAME="tex2html146"
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html145"
HREF="node2.html">1. Introduction</A>
-<LI><A NAME="tex2html147"
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html146"
HREF="node3.html">2. Preliminaries: Key concepts and relations</A>
<UL>
-<LI><A NAME="tex2html148"
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html147"
HREF="node3.html#SECTION00310000000000000000">2.1 Modules</A>
-<LI><A NAME="tex2html149"
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html148"
HREF="node3.html#SECTION00320000000000000000">2.2 Class and object hierarchies</A>
<UL>
-<LI><A NAME="tex2html150"
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html149"
HREF="node3.html#SECTION00321000000000000000">2.2.1 Class hierarchy</A>
-<LI><A NAME="tex2html151"
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html150"
HREF="node3.html#SECTION00322000000000000000">2.2.2 Object hierarchies: WRegion parents and managers</A>
-<LI><A NAME="tex2html152"
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html151"
HREF="node3.html#SECTION00323000000000000000">2.2.3 Summary</A>
</UL>
</UL>
<BR>
-<LI><A NAME="tex2html153"
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html152"
HREF="node4.html">3. Basic configuration</A>
<UL>
-<LI><A NAME="tex2html154"
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html153"
HREF="node4.html#SECTION00410000000000000000">3.1 The configuration files</A>
-<LI><A NAME="tex2html155"
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html154"
HREF="node4.html#SECTION00420000000000000000">3.2 A walk through cfg_ion.lua</A>
-<LI><A NAME="tex2html156"
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html155"
HREF="node4.html#SECTION00430000000000000000">3.3 Keys and rodents</A>
<UL>
-<LI><A NAME="tex2html157"
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html156"
HREF="node4.html#SECTION00431000000000000000">3.3.1 Binding handlers and special variables</A>
-<LI><A NAME="tex2html158"
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html157"
HREF="node4.html#SECTION00432000000000000000">3.3.2 Guards</A>
-<LI><A NAME="tex2html159"
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html158"
HREF="node4.html#SECTION00433000000000000000">3.3.3 Defining the bindings</A>
-<LI><A NAME="tex2html160"
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html159"
HREF="node4.html#SECTION00434000000000000000">3.3.4 Examples</A>
-<LI><A NAME="tex2html161"
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html160"
HREF="node4.html#SECTION00435000000000000000">3.3.5 Key specifications</A>
-<LI><A NAME="tex2html162"
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html161"
HREF="node4.html#SECTION00436000000000000000">3.3.6 Button specifications</A>
-<LI><A NAME="tex2html163"
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html162"
HREF="node4.html#SECTION00437000000000000000">3.3.7 A further note on the default binding configuration</A>
</UL>
-<LI><A NAME="tex2html164"
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html163"
HREF="node4.html#SECTION00440000000000000000">3.4 Menus</A>
<UL>
-<LI><A NAME="tex2html165"
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html164"
HREF="node4.html#SECTION00441000000000000000">3.4.1 Defining menus</A>
-<LI><A NAME="tex2html166"
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html165"
HREF="node4.html#SECTION00442000000000000000">3.4.2 Special menus</A>
-<LI><A NAME="tex2html167"
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html166"
HREF="node4.html#SECTION00443000000000000000">3.4.3 Defining context menus</A>
-<LI><A NAME="tex2html168"
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html167"
HREF="node4.html#SECTION00444000000000000000">3.4.4 Displaying menus</A>
</UL>
-<LI><A NAME="tex2html169"
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html168"
HREF="node4.html#SECTION00450000000000000000">3.5 Winprops</A>
<UL>
-<LI><A NAME="tex2html170"
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html169"
HREF="node4.html#SECTION00451000000000000000">3.5.1 Sizehint winprops</A>
-<LI><A NAME="tex2html171"
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html170"
HREF="node4.html#SECTION00452000000000000000">3.5.2 Classes, roles and instances</A>
-<LI><A NAME="tex2html172"
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html171"
HREF="node4.html#SECTION00453000000000000000">3.5.3 Finding window identification</A>
-<LI><A NAME="tex2html173"
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html172"
HREF="node4.html#SECTION00454000000000000000">3.5.4 Some common examples</A>
</UL>
-<LI><A NAME="tex2html174"
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html173"
HREF="node4.html#SECTION00460000000000000000">3.6 The statusbar</A>
<UL>
-<LI><A NAME="tex2html175"
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html174"
HREF="node4.html#SECTION00461000000000000000">3.6.1 The template</A>
-<LI><A NAME="tex2html176"
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html175"
HREF="node4.html#SECTION00462000000000000000">3.6.2 The systray</A>
-<LI><A NAME="tex2html177"
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html176"
HREF="node4.html#SECTION00463000000000000000">3.6.3 Monitors</A>
</UL>
</UL>
<BR>
-<LI><A NAME="tex2html178"
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html177"
HREF="node5.html">4. Graphical styles</A>
<UL>
-<LI><A NAME="tex2html179"
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html178"
HREF="node5.html#SECTION00510000000000000000">4.1 Drawing engines, style specifications and sub-styles</A>
<UL>
-<LI><A NAME="tex2html180"
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html179"
HREF="node5.html#SECTION00511000000000000000">4.1.1 Known styles and substyles</A>
</UL>
-<LI><A NAME="tex2html181"
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html180"
HREF="node5.html#SECTION00520000000000000000">4.2 Defining styles for the default drawing engine</A>
<UL>
-<LI><A NAME="tex2html182"
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html181"
HREF="node5.html#SECTION00521000000000000000">4.2.1 The structure of the configuration files</A>
-<LI><A NAME="tex2html183"
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html182"
HREF="node5.html#SECTION00522000000000000000">4.2.2 Defining the styles</A>
-<LI><A NAME="tex2html184"
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html183"
HREF="node5.html#SECTION00523000000000000000">4.2.3 An example</A>
</UL>
-<LI><A NAME="tex2html185"
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html184"
HREF="node5.html#SECTION00530000000000000000">4.3 Miscellaneous settings</A>
<UL>
-<LI><A NAME="tex2html186"
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html185"
HREF="node5.html#SECTION00531000000000000000">4.3.1 Frame user attributes</A>
-<LI><A NAME="tex2html187"
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html186"
HREF="node5.html#SECTION00532000000000000000">4.3.2 Extra fields for style `frame'</A>
-<LI><A NAME="tex2html188"
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html187"
HREF="node5.html#SECTION00533000000000000000">4.3.3 Extra fields for style `dock'</A>
</UL>
</UL>
<BR>
-<LI><A NAME="tex2html189"
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html188"
HREF="node6.html">5. Scripting</A>
<UL>
-<LI><A NAME="tex2html190"
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html189"
HREF="node6.html#SECTION00610000000000000000">5.1 Hooks</A>
-<LI><A NAME="tex2html191"
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html190"
HREF="node6.html#SECTION00620000000000000000">5.2 Referring to regions</A>
<UL>
-<LI><A NAME="tex2html192"
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html191"
HREF="node6.html#SECTION00621000000000000000">5.2.1 Direct object references</A>
-<LI><A NAME="tex2html193"
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html192"
HREF="node6.html#SECTION00622000000000000000">5.2.2 Name-based lookups</A>
</UL>
-<LI><A NAME="tex2html194"
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html193"
HREF="node6.html#SECTION00630000000000000000">5.3 Alternative winprop selection criteria</A>
-<LI><A NAME="tex2html195"
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html194"
HREF="node6.html#SECTION00640000000000000000">5.4 Writing ion-statusd monitors</A>
</UL>
<BR>
-<LI><A NAME="tex2html196"
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html195"
HREF="node7.html">6. Function reference</A>
<UL>
-<LI><A NAME="tex2html197"
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html196"
HREF="node7.html#SECTION00710000000000000000">6.1 Functions defined in ioncore</A>
<UL>
-<LI><A NAME="tex2html198"
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html197"
HREF="node7.html#SECTION00711000000000000000">6.1.1 WClientWin functions</A>
-<LI><A NAME="tex2html199"
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html198"
HREF="node7.html#SECTION00712000000000000000">6.1.2 WFrame functions</A>
-<LI><A NAME="tex2html200"
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html199"
HREF="node7.html#SECTION00713000000000000000">6.1.3 WGroup functions</A>
-<LI><A NAME="tex2html201"
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html200"
HREF="node7.html#SECTION00714000000000000000">6.1.4 WGroupCW functions</A>
-<LI><A NAME="tex2html202"
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html201"
HREF="node7.html#SECTION00715000000000000000">6.1.5 WGroupWS functions</A>
-<LI><A NAME="tex2html203"
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html202"
HREF="node7.html#SECTION00716000000000000000">6.1.6 WHook functions</A>
-<LI><A NAME="tex2html204"
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html203"
HREF="node7.html#SECTION00717000000000000000">6.1.7 WInfoWin functions</A>
-<LI><A NAME="tex2html205"
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html204"
HREF="node7.html#SECTION00718000000000000000">6.1.8 WMPlex functions</A>
-<LI><A NAME="tex2html206"
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html205"
HREF="node7.html#SECTION00719000000000000000">6.1.9 WMoveresMode functions</A>
-<LI><A NAME="tex2html207"
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html206"
HREF="node7.html#SECTION007110000000000000000">6.1.10 WRegion functions</A>
-<LI><A NAME="tex2html208"
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html207"
HREF="node7.html#SECTION007111000000000000000">6.1.11 WRootWin functions</A>
-<LI><A NAME="tex2html209"
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html208"
HREF="node7.html#SECTION007112000000000000000">6.1.12 WScreen functions</A>
-<LI><A NAME="tex2html210"
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html209"
HREF="node7.html#SECTION007113000000000000000">6.1.13 WTimer functions</A>
-<LI><A NAME="tex2html211"
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html210"
HREF="node7.html#SECTION007114000000000000000">6.1.14 WWindow functions</A>
-<LI><A NAME="tex2html212"
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html211"
HREF="node7.html#SECTION007115000000000000000">6.1.15 global functions</A>
-<LI><A NAME="tex2html213"
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html212"
HREF="node7.html#SECTION007116000000000000000">6.1.16 gr functions</A>
-<LI><A NAME="tex2html214"
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html213"
HREF="node7.html#SECTION007117000000000000000">6.1.17 string functions</A>
-<LI><A NAME="tex2html215"
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html214"
HREF="node7.html#SECTION007118000000000000000">6.1.18 table functions</A>
</UL>
-<LI><A NAME="tex2html216"
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html215"
HREF="node7.html#SECTION00720000000000000000">6.2 Functions defined in mod_tiling</A>
<UL>
-<LI><A NAME="tex2html217"
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html216"
HREF="node7.html#SECTION00721000000000000000">6.2.1 WSplit functions</A>
-<LI><A NAME="tex2html218"
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html217"
HREF="node7.html#SECTION00722000000000000000">6.2.2 WSplitInner functions</A>
-<LI><A NAME="tex2html219"
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html218"
HREF="node7.html#SECTION00723000000000000000">6.2.3 WSplitRegion functions</A>
-<LI><A NAME="tex2html220"
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html219"
HREF="node7.html#SECTION00724000000000000000">6.2.4 WSplitSplit functions</A>
-<LI><A NAME="tex2html221"
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html220"
HREF="node7.html#SECTION00725000000000000000">6.2.5 WTiling functions</A>
</UL>
-<LI><A NAME="tex2html222"
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html221"
HREF="node7.html#SECTION00730000000000000000">6.3 Functions defined in mod_query</A>
<UL>
-<LI><A NAME="tex2html223"
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html222"
HREF="node7.html#SECTION00731000000000000000">6.3.1 WComplProxy functions</A>
-<LI><A NAME="tex2html224"
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html223"
HREF="node7.html#SECTION00732000000000000000">6.3.2 WEdln functions</A>
-<LI><A NAME="tex2html225"
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html224"
HREF="node7.html#SECTION00733000000000000000">6.3.3 WInput functions</A>
</UL>
-<LI><A NAME="tex2html226"
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html225"
HREF="node7.html#SECTION00740000000000000000">6.4 Functions defined in mod_menu</A>
<UL>
-<LI><A NAME="tex2html227"
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html226"
HREF="node7.html#SECTION00741000000000000000">6.4.1 WMenu functions</A>
</UL>
-<LI><A NAME="tex2html228"
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html227"
HREF="node7.html#SECTION00750000000000000000">6.5 Functions defined in mod_dock</A>
<UL>
-<LI><A NAME="tex2html229"
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html228"
HREF="node7.html#SECTION00751000000000000000">6.5.1 WDock functions</A>
</UL>
-<LI><A NAME="tex2html230"
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html229"
HREF="node7.html#SECTION00760000000000000000">6.6 Functions defined in mod_sp</A>
-<LI><A NAME="tex2html231"
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html230"
HREF="node7.html#SECTION00770000000000000000">6.7 Functions defined in mod_statusbar</A>
<UL>
-<LI><A NAME="tex2html232"
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html231"
HREF="node7.html#SECTION00771000000000000000">6.7.1 WStatusBar functions</A>
</UL>
-<LI><A NAME="tex2html233"
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html232"
HREF="node7.html#SECTION00780000000000000000">6.8 Functions defined in de</A>
-<LI><A NAME="tex2html234"
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html233"
HREF="node7.html#SECTION00790000000000000000">6.9 Hooks</A>
-<LI><A NAME="tex2html235"
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html234"
HREF="node7.html#SECTION007100000000000000000">6.10 Miscellaneous</A>
<UL>
-<LI><A NAME="tex2html236"
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html235"
HREF="node7.html#SECTION007101000000000000000">6.10.1 Size policies</A>
</UL>
</UL>
<BR>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html236"
+ HREF="node8.html">A. GNU Free Documentation License</A>
<LI><A NAME="tex2html237"
- HREF="node8.html">A. The GNU General Public License</A>
-<LI><A NAME="tex2html238"
HREF="node9.html">B. Full class hierarchy visible to Lua-side</A>
-<LI><A NAME="tex2html239"
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html238"
HREF="node11.html">Index</A>
-<LI><A NAME="tex2html240"
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html239"
HREF="node12.html">Bibliography</A>
</UL>
<!--End of Table of Contents-->
<BODY >
<DIV CLASS="navigation"><!--Navigation Panel-->
-<A NAME="tex2html466"
+<A NAME="tex2html464"
HREF="node11.html">
<IMG WIDTH="37" HEIGHT="24" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0" ALT="next" SRC="next.png"></A>
-<A NAME="tex2html460"
+<A NAME="tex2html458"
HREF="ionconf.html">
<IMG WIDTH="26" HEIGHT="24" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0" ALT="up" SRC="up.png"></A>
-<A NAME="tex2html454"
+<A NAME="tex2html452"
HREF="node9.html">
<IMG WIDTH="63" HEIGHT="24" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0" ALT="previous" SRC="prev.png"></A>
-<A NAME="tex2html462"
+<A NAME="tex2html460"
HREF="node1.html">
<IMG WIDTH="65" HEIGHT="24" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0" ALT="contents" SRC="contents.png"></A>
-<A NAME="tex2html464"
+<A NAME="tex2html462"
HREF="node11.html">
<IMG WIDTH="43" HEIGHT="24" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0" ALT="index" SRC="index.png"></A>
<BR>
-<B> Next:</B> <A NAME="tex2html467"
+<B> Next:</B> <A NAME="tex2html465"
HREF="node11.html">Index</A>
-<B> Up:</B> <A NAME="tex2html461"
+<B> Up:</B> <A NAME="tex2html459"
HREF="ionconf.html">Configuring and extending Ion3</A>
-<B> Previous:</B> <A NAME="tex2html455"
+<B> Previous:</B> <A NAME="tex2html453"
HREF="node9.html">B. Full class hierarchy</A>
- <B> <A NAME="tex2html463"
+ <B> <A NAME="tex2html461"
HREF="node1.html">Contents</A></B>
- <B> <A NAME="tex2html465"
+ <B> <A NAME="tex2html463"
HREF="node11.html">Index</A></B>
<BR>
<BR></DIV>
<BR>
<DIV CLASS="navigation"><HR>
<!--Navigation Panel-->
-<A NAME="tex2html466"
+<A NAME="tex2html464"
HREF="node11.html">
<IMG WIDTH="37" HEIGHT="24" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0" ALT="next" SRC="next.png"></A>
-<A NAME="tex2html460"
+<A NAME="tex2html458"
HREF="ionconf.html">
<IMG WIDTH="26" HEIGHT="24" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0" ALT="up" SRC="up.png"></A>
-<A NAME="tex2html454"
+<A NAME="tex2html452"
HREF="node9.html">
<IMG WIDTH="63" HEIGHT="24" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0" ALT="previous" SRC="prev.png"></A>
-<A NAME="tex2html462"
+<A NAME="tex2html460"
HREF="node1.html">
<IMG WIDTH="65" HEIGHT="24" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0" ALT="contents" SRC="contents.png"></A>
-<A NAME="tex2html464"
+<A NAME="tex2html462"
HREF="node11.html">
<IMG WIDTH="43" HEIGHT="24" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0" ALT="index" SRC="index.png"></A>
<BR>
-<B> Next:</B> <A NAME="tex2html467"
+<B> Next:</B> <A NAME="tex2html465"
HREF="node11.html">Index</A>
-<B> Up:</B> <A NAME="tex2html461"
+<B> Up:</B> <A NAME="tex2html459"
HREF="ionconf.html">Configuring and extending Ion3</A>
-<B> Previous:</B> <A NAME="tex2html455"
+<B> Previous:</B> <A NAME="tex2html453"
HREF="node9.html">B. Full class hierarchy</A>
- <B> <A NAME="tex2html463"
+ <B> <A NAME="tex2html461"
HREF="node1.html">Contents</A></B>
- <B> <A NAME="tex2html465"
+ <B> <A NAME="tex2html463"
HREF="node11.html">Index</A></B> </DIV>
<!--End of Navigation Panel-->
<BODY >
<DIV CLASS="navigation"><!--Navigation Panel-->
-<A NAME="tex2html478"
+<A NAME="tex2html476"
HREF="node12.html">
<IMG WIDTH="37" HEIGHT="24" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0" ALT="next" SRC="next.png"></A>
-<A NAME="tex2html474"
+<A NAME="tex2html472"
HREF="ionconf.html">
<IMG WIDTH="26" HEIGHT="24" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0" ALT="up" SRC="up.png"></A>
-<A NAME="tex2html468"
+<A NAME="tex2html466"
HREF="node10.html">
<IMG WIDTH="63" HEIGHT="24" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0" ALT="previous" SRC="prev.png"></A>
-<A NAME="tex2html476"
+<A NAME="tex2html474"
HREF="node1.html">
<IMG WIDTH="65" HEIGHT="24" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0" ALT="contents" SRC="contents.png"></A>
<BR>
-<B> Next:</B> <A NAME="tex2html479"
+<B> Next:</B> <A NAME="tex2html477"
HREF="node12.html">Bibliography</A>
-<B> Up:</B> <A NAME="tex2html475"
+<B> Up:</B> <A NAME="tex2html473"
HREF="ionconf.html">Configuring and extending Ion3</A>
-<B> Previous:</B> <A NAME="tex2html469"
+<B> Previous:</B> <A NAME="tex2html467"
HREF="node10.html">List of functions</A>
- <B> <A NAME="tex2html477"
+ <B> <A NAME="tex2html475"
HREF="node1.html">Contents</A></B>
<BR>
<BR></DIV>
Index</A>
</H2><HR><DL>
<DD><STRONG><TT>acrobatic</TT></STRONG>
- : <A HREF="node4.html#1462"><SPAN CLASS="arabic">3</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">5</SPAN></A>
+ : <A HREF="node4.html#1456"><SPAN CLASS="arabic">3</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">5</SPAN></A>
<DD><STRONG><SPAN CLASS="textbf">Alt</SPAN></STRONG>
- : <A HREF="node4.html#887"><SPAN CLASS="arabic">3</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">3</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">5</SPAN></A>
-<DD><STRONG><SPAN CLASS="textbf">AnyModifier</SPAN></STRONG>
: <A HREF="node4.html#885"><SPAN CLASS="arabic">3</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">3</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">5</SPAN></A>
+<DD><STRONG><SPAN CLASS="textbf">AnyModifier</SPAN></STRONG>
+ : <A HREF="node4.html#883"><SPAN CLASS="arabic">3</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">3</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">5</SPAN></A>
<DD><STRONG><TT>resizeinc</TT></STRONG>
- : <A HREF="node4.html#1478"><SPAN CLASS="arabic">3</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">5</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">1</SPAN></A>
- | <A HREF="node4.html#1479"><SPAN CLASS="arabic">3</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">5</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">1</SPAN></A>
+ : <A HREF="node4.html#1472"><SPAN CLASS="arabic">3</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">5</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">1</SPAN></A>
+ | <A HREF="node4.html#1473"><SPAN CLASS="arabic">3</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">5</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">1</SPAN></A>
<DD><STRONG><SPAN CLASS="textbf">Button-n</SPAN></STRONG>
- : <A HREF="node4.html#891"><SPAN CLASS="arabic">3</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">3</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">6</SPAN></A>
+ : <A HREF="node4.html#889"><SPAN CLASS="arabic">3</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">3</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">6</SPAN></A>
<DD><STRONG><TT>class</TT></STRONG><DL>
-<DD><STRONG>winprop</STRONG> : <A HREF="node4.html#1485"><SPAN CLASS="arabic">3</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">5</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">2</SPAN></A>
+<DD><STRONG>winprop</STRONG> : <A HREF="node4.html#1479"><SPAN CLASS="arabic">3</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">5</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">2</SPAN></A>
</DL>
<DD><STRONG><TT>clientwin_do_manage_alt</TT></STRONG>
- : <A HREF="node7.html#8264"><SPAN CLASS="arabic">6</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">9</SPAN></A>
+ : <A HREF="node7.html#8278"><SPAN CLASS="arabic">6</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">9</SPAN></A>
<DD><STRONG><TT>clientwin_mapped_hook</TT></STRONG>
- : <A HREF="node7.html#8265"><SPAN CLASS="arabic">6</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">9</SPAN></A>
+ : <A HREF="node7.html#8279"><SPAN CLASS="arabic">6</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">9</SPAN></A>
<DD><STRONG><TT>clientwin_property_change_hook</TT></STRONG>
- : <A HREF="node7.html#8266"><SPAN CLASS="arabic">6</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">9</SPAN></A>
+ : <A HREF="node7.html#8280"><SPAN CLASS="arabic">6</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">9</SPAN></A>
<DD><STRONG><TT>clientwin_unmapped_hook</TT></STRONG>
- : <A HREF="node7.html#8267"><SPAN CLASS="arabic">6</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">9</SPAN></A>
+ : <A HREF="node7.html#8281"><SPAN CLASS="arabic">6</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">9</SPAN></A>
<DD><STRONG><SPAN CLASS="textbf">Control</SPAN></STRONG>
- : <A HREF="node4.html#883"><SPAN CLASS="arabic">3</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">3</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">5</SPAN></A>
+ : <A HREF="node4.html#881"><SPAN CLASS="arabic">3</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">3</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">5</SPAN></A>
<DD><STRONG><TT>defmenu</TT></STRONG>
- : <A HREF="node4.html#1202"><SPAN CLASS="arabic">3</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">4</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">1</SPAN></A>
+ : <A HREF="node4.html#1199"><SPAN CLASS="arabic">3</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">4</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">1</SPAN></A>
<DD><STRONG>drawing engine</STRONG>
- : <A HREF="node5.html#1910"><SPAN CLASS="arabic">4</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">1</SPAN></A>
+ : <A HREF="node5.html#1904"><SPAN CLASS="arabic">4</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">1</SPAN></A>
<DD><STRONG><TT>ETCDIR</TT></STRONG>
- : <A HREF="node4.html#584"><SPAN CLASS="arabic">3</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">1</SPAN></A>
+ : <A HREF="node4.html#582"><SPAN CLASS="arabic">3</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">1</SPAN></A>
<DD><STRONG><TT>float</TT></STRONG>
- : <A HREF="node4.html#1463"><SPAN CLASS="arabic">3</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">5</SPAN></A>
+ : <A HREF="node4.html#1457"><SPAN CLASS="arabic">3</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">5</SPAN></A>
<DD><STRONG><TT>frame_managed_changed_hook</TT></STRONG>
- : <A HREF="node7.html#8268"><SPAN CLASS="arabic">6</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">9</SPAN></A>
+ : <A HREF="node7.html#8282"><SPAN CLASS="arabic">6</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">9</SPAN></A>
<DD><STRONG><TT>fullscreen</TT></STRONG>
- : <A HREF="node4.html#1464"><SPAN CLASS="arabic">3</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">5</SPAN></A>
+ : <A HREF="node4.html#1458"><SPAN CLASS="arabic">3</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">5</SPAN></A>
<DD><STRONG><TT>ignore_resizeinc</TT></STRONG>
- : <A HREF="node4.html#1482"><SPAN CLASS="arabic">3</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">5</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">1</SPAN></A>
- | <A HREF="node4.html#1483"><SPAN CLASS="arabic">3</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">5</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">1</SPAN></A>
+ : <A HREF="node4.html#1476"><SPAN CLASS="arabic">3</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">5</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">1</SPAN></A>
+ | <A HREF="node4.html#1477"><SPAN CLASS="arabic">3</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">5</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">1</SPAN></A>
<DD><STRONG><TT>ignore_cfgrq</TT></STRONG>
- : <A HREF="node4.html#1465"><SPAN CLASS="arabic">3</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">5</SPAN></A>
+ : <A HREF="node4.html#1459"><SPAN CLASS="arabic">3</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">5</SPAN></A>
<DD><STRONG><TT>ignore_max_size</TT></STRONG>
- : <A HREF="node4.html#1480"><SPAN CLASS="arabic">3</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">5</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">1</SPAN></A>
+ : <A HREF="node4.html#1474"><SPAN CLASS="arabic">3</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">5</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">1</SPAN></A>
<DD><STRONG><TT>ignore_min_size</TT></STRONG>
- : <A HREF="node4.html#1481"><SPAN CLASS="arabic">3</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">5</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">1</SPAN></A>
+ : <A HREF="node4.html#1475"><SPAN CLASS="arabic">3</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">5</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">1</SPAN></A>
<DD><STRONG><TT>ignore_net_active_window</TT></STRONG>
- : <A HREF="node4.html#1466"><SPAN CLASS="arabic">3</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">5</SPAN></A>
+ : <A HREF="node4.html#1460"><SPAN CLASS="arabic">3</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">5</SPAN></A>
<DD><STRONG><TT>instance</TT></STRONG><DL>
-<DD><STRONG>winprop</STRONG> : <A HREF="node4.html#1487"><SPAN CLASS="arabic">3</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">5</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">2</SPAN></A>
+<DD><STRONG>winprop</STRONG> : <A HREF="node4.html#1481"><SPAN CLASS="arabic">3</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">5</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">2</SPAN></A>
</DL>
<DD><STRONG><TT>ioncore_deinit_hook</TT></STRONG>
- : <A HREF="node7.html#8270"><SPAN CLASS="arabic">6</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">9</SPAN></A>
+ : <A HREF="node7.html#8284"><SPAN CLASS="arabic">6</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">9</SPAN></A>
<DD><STRONG><TT>ioncore_post_layout_setup_hook</TT></STRONG>
- : <A HREF="node7.html#8271"><SPAN CLASS="arabic">6</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">9</SPAN></A>
+ : <A HREF="node7.html#8285"><SPAN CLASS="arabic">6</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">9</SPAN></A>
<DD><STRONG><TT>ioncore_sigchld_hook</TT></STRONG>
- : <A HREF="node7.html#8269"><SPAN CLASS="arabic">6</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">9</SPAN></A>
+ : <A HREF="node7.html#8283"><SPAN CLASS="arabic">6</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">9</SPAN></A>
<DD><STRONG><TT>ioncore_snapshot_hook</TT></STRONG>
- : <A HREF="node7.html#8272"><SPAN CLASS="arabic">6</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">9</SPAN></A>
+ : <A HREF="node7.html#8286"><SPAN CLASS="arabic">6</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">9</SPAN></A>
<DD><STRONG><TT>ioncore_submap_ungrab_hook</TT></STRONG>
- : <A HREF="node7.html#8273"><SPAN CLASS="arabic">6</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">9</SPAN></A>
+ : <A HREF="node7.html#8287"><SPAN CLASS="arabic">6</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">9</SPAN></A>
<DD><STRONG><TT>is_dockapp</TT></STRONG><DL>
-<DD><STRONG>winprop</STRONG> : <A HREF="node4.html#1490"><SPAN CLASS="arabic">3</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">5</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">2</SPAN></A>
+<DD><STRONG>winprop</STRONG> : <A HREF="node4.html#1484"><SPAN CLASS="arabic">3</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">5</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">2</SPAN></A>
</DL>
<DD><STRONG><TT>is_transient</TT></STRONG><DL>
-<DD><STRONG>winprop</STRONG> : <A HREF="node4.html#1489"><SPAN CLASS="arabic">3</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">5</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">2</SPAN></A>
+<DD><STRONG>winprop</STRONG> : <A HREF="node4.html#1483"><SPAN CLASS="arabic">3</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">5</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">2</SPAN></A>
</DL>
<DD><STRONG><TT>jumpto</TT></STRONG>
- : <A HREF="node4.html#1467"><SPAN CLASS="arabic">3</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">5</SPAN></A>
+ : <A HREF="node4.html#1461"><SPAN CLASS="arabic">3</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">5</SPAN></A>
<DD><STRONG><SPAN CLASS="textit">keysymdef.h</SPAN></STRONG>
- : <A HREF="node4.html#881"><SPAN CLASS="arabic">3</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">3</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">5</SPAN></A>
+ : <A HREF="node4.html#879"><SPAN CLASS="arabic">3</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">3</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">5</SPAN></A>
<DD><STRONG><SPAN CLASS="textbf">Lock</SPAN></STRONG>
- : <A HREF="node4.html#886"><SPAN CLASS="arabic">3</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">3</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">5</SPAN></A>
+ : <A HREF="node4.html#884"><SPAN CLASS="arabic">3</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">3</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">5</SPAN></A>
<DD><STRONG>manager</STRONG>
- : <A HREF="node3.html#382"><SPAN CLASS="arabic">2</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">2</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">2</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">1</SPAN></A>
+ : <A HREF="node3.html#380"><SPAN CLASS="arabic">2</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">2</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">2</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">1</SPAN></A>
<DD><STRONG><TT>max_size</TT></STRONG>
- : <A HREF="node4.html#1476"><SPAN CLASS="arabic">3</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">5</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">1</SPAN></A>
+ : <A HREF="node4.html#1470"><SPAN CLASS="arabic">3</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">5</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">1</SPAN></A>
<DD><STRONG><TT>menuentry</TT></STRONG>
- : <A HREF="node4.html#1203"><SPAN CLASS="arabic">3</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">4</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">1</SPAN></A>
+ : <A HREF="node4.html#1200"><SPAN CLASS="arabic">3</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">4</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">1</SPAN></A>
<DD><STRONG>menus</STRONG>
- : <A HREF="node4.html#1148"><SPAN CLASS="arabic">3</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">4</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">1</SPAN></A>
+ : <A HREF="node4.html#1146"><SPAN CLASS="arabic">3</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">4</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">1</SPAN></A>
<DD><STRONG><TT>min_size</TT></STRONG>
- : <A HREF="node4.html#1477"><SPAN CLASS="arabic">3</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">5</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">1</SPAN></A>
+ : <A HREF="node4.html#1471"><SPAN CLASS="arabic">3</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">5</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">1</SPAN></A>
<DD><STRONG><SPAN CLASS="textbf">ModN</SPAN></STRONG>
- : <A HREF="node4.html#884"><SPAN CLASS="arabic">3</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">3</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">5</SPAN></A>
+ : <A HREF="node4.html#882"><SPAN CLASS="arabic">3</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">3</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">5</SPAN></A>
<DD><STRONG><TT>name</TT></STRONG><DL>
-<DD><STRONG>winprop</STRONG> : <A HREF="node4.html#1488"><SPAN CLASS="arabic">3</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">5</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">2</SPAN></A>
+<DD><STRONG>winprop</STRONG> : <A HREF="node4.html#1482"><SPAN CLASS="arabic">3</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">5</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">2</SPAN></A>
</DL>
<DD><STRONG><TT>new_group</TT></STRONG>
- : <A HREF="node4.html#1468"><SPAN CLASS="arabic">3</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">5</SPAN></A>
+ : <A HREF="node4.html#1462"><SPAN CLASS="arabic">3</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">5</SPAN></A>
<DD><STRONG><SPAN CLASS="textbf">NumLock</SPAN></STRONG>
- : <A HREF="node4.html#889"><SPAN CLASS="arabic">3</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">3</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">5</SPAN></A>
+ : <A HREF="node4.html#887"><SPAN CLASS="arabic">3</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">3</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">5</SPAN></A>
<DD><STRONG>Obj</STRONG>
- : <A HREF="node3.html#410"><SPAN CLASS="arabic">2</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">2</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">1</SPAN></A>
+ : <A HREF="node3.html#408"><SPAN CLASS="arabic">2</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">2</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">1</SPAN></A>
<DD><STRONG><TT>oneshot</TT></STRONG>
- : <A HREF="node4.html#1469"><SPAN CLASS="arabic">3</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">5</SPAN></A>
+ : <A HREF="node4.html#1463"><SPAN CLASS="arabic">3</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">5</SPAN></A>
<DD><STRONG><TT>orientation</TT></STRONG>
- : <A HREF="node4.html#1470"><SPAN CLASS="arabic">3</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">5</SPAN></A>
+ : <A HREF="node4.html#1464"><SPAN CLASS="arabic">3</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">5</SPAN></A>
<DD><STRONG>parent</STRONG>
- : <A HREF="node3.html#367"><SPAN CLASS="arabic">2</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">2</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">2</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">1</SPAN></A>
+ : <A HREF="node3.html#365"><SPAN CLASS="arabic">2</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">2</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">2</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">1</SPAN></A>
<DD><STRONG><TT>PREFIX</TT></STRONG>
- : <A HREF="node4.html#583"><SPAN CLASS="arabic">3</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">1</SPAN></A>
+ : <A HREF="node4.html#581"><SPAN CLASS="arabic">3</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">1</SPAN></A>
<DD><STRONG><TT>region_do_warp_alt</TT></STRONG>
- : <A HREF="node7.html#8275"><SPAN CLASS="arabic">6</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">9</SPAN></A>
+ : <A HREF="node7.html#8289"><SPAN CLASS="arabic">6</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">9</SPAN></A>
<DD><STRONG><TT>region_notify_hook</TT></STRONG>
- : <A HREF="node7.html#8277"><SPAN CLASS="arabic">6</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">9</SPAN></A>
+ : <A HREF="node7.html#8291"><SPAN CLASS="arabic">6</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">9</SPAN></A>
<DD><STRONG><TT>role</TT></STRONG><DL>
-<DD><STRONG>winprop</STRONG> : <A HREF="node4.html#1486"><SPAN CLASS="arabic">3</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">5</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">2</SPAN></A>
+<DD><STRONG>winprop</STRONG> : <A HREF="node4.html#1480"><SPAN CLASS="arabic">3</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">5</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">2</SPAN></A>
</DL>
<DD><STRONG>root window</STRONG>
- : <A HREF="node3.html#331"><SPAN CLASS="arabic">2</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">2</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">1</SPAN></A>
+ : <A HREF="node3.html#329"><SPAN CLASS="arabic">2</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">2</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">1</SPAN></A>
<DD><STRONG>screen</STRONG><DL>
-<DD><STRONG>physical</STRONG> : <A HREF="node3.html#334"><SPAN CLASS="arabic">2</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">2</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">1</SPAN></A>
-<DD><STRONG>X</STRONG> : <A HREF="node3.html#332"><SPAN CLASS="arabic">2</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">2</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">1</SPAN></A>
+<DD><STRONG>physical</STRONG> : <A HREF="node3.html#332"><SPAN CLASS="arabic">2</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">2</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">1</SPAN></A>
+<DD><STRONG>X</STRONG> : <A HREF="node3.html#330"><SPAN CLASS="arabic">2</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">2</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">1</SPAN></A>
</DL>
<DD><STRONG><TT>screen_managed_changed_hook</TT></STRONG>
- : <A HREF="node7.html#8276"><SPAN CLASS="arabic">6</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">9</SPAN></A>
+ : <A HREF="node7.html#8290"><SPAN CLASS="arabic">6</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">9</SPAN></A>
<DD><STRONG><SPAN CLASS="textbf">ScrollLock</SPAN></STRONG>
- : <A HREF="node4.html#890"><SPAN CLASS="arabic">3</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">3</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">5</SPAN></A>
+ : <A HREF="node4.html#888"><SPAN CLASS="arabic">3</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">3</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">5</SPAN></A>
<DD><STRONG><SPAN CLASS="textbf">Shift</SPAN></STRONG>
- : <A HREF="node4.html#882"><SPAN CLASS="arabic">3</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">3</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">5</SPAN></A>
+ : <A HREF="node4.html#880"><SPAN CLASS="arabic">3</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">3</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">5</SPAN></A>
<DD><STRONG><TT>statusbar</TT></STRONG>
- : <A HREF="node4.html#1471"><SPAN CLASS="arabic">3</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">5</SPAN></A>
+ : <A HREF="node4.html#1465"><SPAN CLASS="arabic">3</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">5</SPAN></A>
<DD><STRONG>style</STRONG>
- : <A HREF="node5.html#1909"><SPAN CLASS="arabic">4</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">1</SPAN></A>
+ : <A HREF="node5.html#1903"><SPAN CLASS="arabic">4</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">1</SPAN></A>
<DD><STRONG><TT>submenu</TT></STRONG>
- : <A HREF="node4.html#1204"><SPAN CLASS="arabic">3</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">4</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">1</SPAN></A>
+ : <A HREF="node4.html#1201"><SPAN CLASS="arabic">3</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">4</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">1</SPAN></A>
<DD><STRONG>substyle</STRONG>
- : <A HREF="node5.html#1922"><SPAN CLASS="arabic">4</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">1</SPAN></A>
+ : <A HREF="node5.html#1916"><SPAN CLASS="arabic">4</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">1</SPAN></A>
<DD><STRONG><TT>switchto</TT></STRONG>
- : <A HREF="node4.html#1472"><SPAN CLASS="arabic">3</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">5</SPAN></A>
+ : <A HREF="node4.html#1466"><SPAN CLASS="arabic">3</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">5</SPAN></A>
<DD><STRONG><SPAN CLASS="textit">system.mk</SPAN></STRONG>
- : <A HREF="node4.html#585"><SPAN CLASS="arabic">3</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">1</SPAN></A>
+ : <A HREF="node4.html#583"><SPAN CLASS="arabic">3</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">1</SPAN></A>
<DD><STRONG><TT>target</TT></STRONG>
- : <A HREF="node4.html#1473"><SPAN CLASS="arabic">3</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">5</SPAN></A>
+ : <A HREF="node4.html#1467"><SPAN CLASS="arabic">3</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">5</SPAN></A>
<DD><STRONG><TT>tiling_placement_alt</TT></STRONG>
- : <A HREF="node7.html#8274"><SPAN CLASS="arabic">6</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">9</SPAN></A>
+ : <A HREF="node7.html#8288"><SPAN CLASS="arabic">6</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">9</SPAN></A>
<DD><STRONG>transient</STRONG>
- : <A HREF="node4.html#1443"><SPAN CLASS="arabic">3</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">5</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">3</SPAN></A>
+ : <A HREF="node4.html#1437"><SPAN CLASS="arabic">3</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">5</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">3</SPAN></A>
<DD><STRONG><TT>transient_mode</TT></STRONG>
- : <A HREF="node4.html#1474"><SPAN CLASS="arabic">3</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">5</SPAN></A>
+ : <A HREF="node4.html#1468"><SPAN CLASS="arabic">3</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">5</SPAN></A>
<DD><STRONG><TT>transparent</TT></STRONG>
- : <A HREF="node4.html#1475"><SPAN CLASS="arabic">3</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">5</SPAN></A>
+ : <A HREF="node4.html#1469"><SPAN CLASS="arabic">3</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">5</SPAN></A>
<DD><STRONG><TT>userpos</TT></STRONG>
- : <A HREF="node4.html#1484"><SPAN CLASS="arabic">3</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">5</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">1</SPAN></A>
+ : <A HREF="node4.html#1478"><SPAN CLASS="arabic">3</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">5</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">1</SPAN></A>
<DD><STRONG>WClientWin</STRONG>
- : <A HREF="node3.html#412"><SPAN CLASS="arabic">2</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">2</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">1</SPAN></A>
+ : <A HREF="node3.html#410"><SPAN CLASS="arabic">2</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">2</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">1</SPAN></A>
<DD><STRONG>WEdln</STRONG>
- : <A HREF="node3.html#425"><SPAN CLASS="arabic">2</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">2</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">1</SPAN></A>
+ : <A HREF="node3.html#423"><SPAN CLASS="arabic">2</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">2</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">1</SPAN></A>
<DD><STRONG>WFrame</STRONG>
- : <A HREF="node3.html#416"><SPAN CLASS="arabic">2</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">2</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">1</SPAN></A>
+ : <A HREF="node3.html#414"><SPAN CLASS="arabic">2</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">2</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">1</SPAN></A>
<DD><STRONG>WGroup</STRONG>
- : <A HREF="node3.html#417"><SPAN CLASS="arabic">2</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">2</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">1</SPAN></A>
+ : <A HREF="node3.html#415"><SPAN CLASS="arabic">2</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">2</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">1</SPAN></A>
<DD><STRONG>WGroupCW</STRONG>
- : <A HREF="node3.html#419"><SPAN CLASS="arabic">2</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">2</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">1</SPAN></A>
+ : <A HREF="node3.html#417"><SPAN CLASS="arabic">2</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">2</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">1</SPAN></A>
<DD><STRONG>WGroupWS</STRONG>
- : <A HREF="node3.html#418"><SPAN CLASS="arabic">2</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">2</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">1</SPAN></A>
+ : <A HREF="node3.html#416"><SPAN CLASS="arabic">2</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">2</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">1</SPAN></A>
<DD><STRONG>Winprops</STRONG>
- : <A HREF="node4.html#1295"><SPAN CLASS="arabic">3</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">5</SPAN></A>
+ : <A HREF="node4.html#1289"><SPAN CLASS="arabic">3</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">5</SPAN></A>
<DD><STRONG>WInput</STRONG>
- : <A HREF="node3.html#424"><SPAN CLASS="arabic">2</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">2</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">1</SPAN></A>
+ : <A HREF="node3.html#422"><SPAN CLASS="arabic">2</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">2</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">1</SPAN></A>
<DD><STRONG>WMessage</STRONG>
- : <A HREF="node3.html#426"><SPAN CLASS="arabic">2</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">2</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">1</SPAN></A>
+ : <A HREF="node3.html#424"><SPAN CLASS="arabic">2</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">2</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">1</SPAN></A>
<DD><STRONG>WRegion</STRONG>
- : <A HREF="node3.html#411"><SPAN CLASS="arabic">2</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">2</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">1</SPAN></A>
+ : <A HREF="node3.html#409"><SPAN CLASS="arabic">2</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">2</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">1</SPAN></A>
<DD><STRONG>WRootWin</STRONG>
- : <A HREF="node3.html#415"><SPAN CLASS="arabic">2</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">2</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">1</SPAN></A>
+ : <A HREF="node3.html#413"><SPAN CLASS="arabic">2</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">2</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">1</SPAN></A>
<DD><STRONG>WScreen</STRONG>
- : <A HREF="node3.html#414"><SPAN CLASS="arabic">2</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">2</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">1</SPAN></A>
+ : <A HREF="node3.html#412"><SPAN CLASS="arabic">2</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">2</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">1</SPAN></A>
<DD><STRONG>WSplit</STRONG>
- : <A HREF="node3.html#422"><SPAN CLASS="arabic">2</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">2</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">1</SPAN></A>
+ : <A HREF="node3.html#420"><SPAN CLASS="arabic">2</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">2</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">1</SPAN></A>
<DD><STRONG>WTiling</STRONG>
- : <A HREF="node3.html#421"><SPAN CLASS="arabic">2</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">2</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">1</SPAN></A>
+ : <A HREF="node3.html#419"><SPAN CLASS="arabic">2</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">2</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">1</SPAN></A>
<DD><STRONG>WWindow</STRONG>
- : <A HREF="node3.html#413"><SPAN CLASS="arabic">2</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">2</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">1</SPAN></A>
+ : <A HREF="node3.html#411"><SPAN CLASS="arabic">2</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">2</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">1</SPAN></A>
<DD><STRONG>Xinerama</STRONG>
- : <A HREF="node3.html#335"><SPAN CLASS="arabic">2</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">2</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">1</SPAN></A>
+ : <A HREF="node3.html#333"><SPAN CLASS="arabic">2</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">2</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">1</SPAN></A>
<DD><STRONG><SPAN CLASS="textit">xmodmap</SPAN></STRONG>
- : <A HREF="node4.html#888"><SPAN CLASS="arabic">3</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">3</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">5</SPAN></A>
+ : <A HREF="node4.html#886"><SPAN CLASS="arabic">3</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">3</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">5</SPAN></A>
<DD><STRONG>xprop</STRONG>
- : <A HREF="node4.html#1439"><SPAN CLASS="arabic">3</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">5</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">3</SPAN></A>
+ : <A HREF="node4.html#1433"><SPAN CLASS="arabic">3</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">5</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">3</SPAN></A>
</DL>
<BODY >
<DIV CLASS="navigation"><!--Navigation Panel-->
-<A NAME="tex2html492"
+<A NAME="tex2html490"
HREF="node13.html">
<IMG WIDTH="37" HEIGHT="24" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0" ALT="next" SRC="next.png"></A>
-<A NAME="tex2html486"
+<A NAME="tex2html484"
HREF="ionconf.html">
<IMG WIDTH="26" HEIGHT="24" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0" ALT="up" SRC="up.png"></A>
-<A NAME="tex2html480"
+<A NAME="tex2html478"
HREF="node11.html">
<IMG WIDTH="63" HEIGHT="24" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0" ALT="previous" SRC="prev.png"></A>
-<A NAME="tex2html488"
+<A NAME="tex2html486"
HREF="node1.html">
<IMG WIDTH="65" HEIGHT="24" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0" ALT="contents" SRC="contents.png"></A>
-<A NAME="tex2html490"
+<A NAME="tex2html488"
HREF="node11.html">
<IMG WIDTH="43" HEIGHT="24" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0" ALT="index" SRC="index.png"></A>
<BR>
-<B> Next:</B> <A NAME="tex2html493"
+<B> Next:</B> <A NAME="tex2html491"
HREF="node13.html">About this document ...</A>
-<B> Up:</B> <A NAME="tex2html487"
+<B> Up:</B> <A NAME="tex2html485"
HREF="ionconf.html">Configuring and extending Ion3</A>
-<B> Previous:</B> <A NAME="tex2html481"
+<B> Previous:</B> <A NAME="tex2html479"
HREF="node11.html">Index</A>
- <B> <A NAME="tex2html489"
+ <B> <A NAME="tex2html487"
HREF="node1.html">Contents</A></B>
- <B> <A NAME="tex2html491"
+ <B> <A NAME="tex2html489"
HREF="node11.html">Index</A></B>
<BR><BR></DIV>
<!--End of Navigation Panel-->
<DIV CLASS="navigation"><!--Navigation Panel-->
<IMG WIDTH="37" HEIGHT="24" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0" ALT="next" SRC="next_g.png">
-<A NAME="tex2html498"
+<A NAME="tex2html496"
HREF="ionconf.html">
<IMG WIDTH="26" HEIGHT="24" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0" ALT="up" SRC="up.png"></A>
-<A NAME="tex2html494"
+<A NAME="tex2html492"
HREF="node12.html">
<IMG WIDTH="63" HEIGHT="24" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0" ALT="previous" SRC="prev.png"></A>
-<A NAME="tex2html500"
+<A NAME="tex2html498"
HREF="node1.html">
<IMG WIDTH="65" HEIGHT="24" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0" ALT="contents" SRC="contents.png"></A>
-<A NAME="tex2html502"
+<A NAME="tex2html500"
HREF="node11.html">
<IMG WIDTH="43" HEIGHT="24" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0" ALT="index" SRC="index.png"></A>
<BR>
-<B> Up:</B> <A NAME="tex2html499"
+<B> Up:</B> <A NAME="tex2html497"
HREF="ionconf.html">Configuring and extending Ion3</A>
-<B> Previous:</B> <A NAME="tex2html495"
+<B> Previous:</B> <A NAME="tex2html493"
HREF="node12.html">Bibliography</A>
- <B> <A NAME="tex2html501"
+ <B> <A NAME="tex2html499"
HREF="node1.html">Contents</A></B>
- <B> <A NAME="tex2html503"
+ <B> <A NAME="tex2html501"
HREF="node11.html">Index</A></B>
<BR>
<BR></DIV>
The command line arguments were: <BR>
<STRONG>latex2html</STRONG> <TT>-show_section_numbers -short_index -local_icons -noaddress -up_url http://iki.fi/tuomov/ion/ -up_title 'Ion homepage' -nofootnode -split 3 ionconf</TT>
<P>
-The translation was initiated by tuomov on 2007-11-09
+The translation was initiated by tuomov on 2008-01-03
<BR><HR>
</BODY>
<BODY >
<DIV CLASS="navigation"><!--Navigation Panel-->
-<A NAME="tex2html253"
+<A NAME="tex2html252"
HREF="node3.html">
<IMG WIDTH="37" HEIGHT="24" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0" ALT="next" SRC="next.png"></A>
-<A NAME="tex2html247"
+<A NAME="tex2html246"
HREF="ionconf.html">
<IMG WIDTH="26" HEIGHT="24" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0" ALT="up" SRC="up.png"></A>
-<A NAME="tex2html241"
+<A NAME="tex2html240"
HREF="node1.html">
<IMG WIDTH="63" HEIGHT="24" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0" ALT="previous" SRC="prev.png"></A>
-<A NAME="tex2html249"
+<A NAME="tex2html248"
HREF="node1.html">
<IMG WIDTH="65" HEIGHT="24" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0" ALT="contents" SRC="contents.png"></A>
-<A NAME="tex2html251"
+<A NAME="tex2html250"
HREF="node11.html">
<IMG WIDTH="43" HEIGHT="24" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0" ALT="index" SRC="index.png"></A>
<BR>
-<B> Next:</B> <A NAME="tex2html254"
+<B> Next:</B> <A NAME="tex2html253"
HREF="node3.html">2. Preliminaries: Key concepts</A>
-<B> Up:</B> <A NAME="tex2html248"
+<B> Up:</B> <A NAME="tex2html247"
HREF="ionconf.html">Configuring and extending Ion3</A>
-<B> Previous:</B> <A NAME="tex2html242"
+<B> Previous:</B> <A NAME="tex2html241"
HREF="node1.html">Contents</A>
- <B> <A NAME="tex2html250"
+ <B> <A NAME="tex2html249"
HREF="node1.html">Contents</A></B>
- <B> <A NAME="tex2html252"
+ <B> <A NAME="tex2html251"
HREF="node11.html">Index</A></B>
<BR>
<BR></DIV>
<DIV CLASS="navigation"><HR>
<!--Navigation Panel-->
-<A NAME="tex2html253"
+<A NAME="tex2html252"
HREF="node3.html">
<IMG WIDTH="37" HEIGHT="24" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0" ALT="next" SRC="next.png"></A>
-<A NAME="tex2html247"
+<A NAME="tex2html246"
HREF="ionconf.html">
<IMG WIDTH="26" HEIGHT="24" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0" ALT="up" SRC="up.png"></A>
-<A NAME="tex2html241"
+<A NAME="tex2html240"
HREF="node1.html">
<IMG WIDTH="63" HEIGHT="24" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0" ALT="previous" SRC="prev.png"></A>
-<A NAME="tex2html249"
+<A NAME="tex2html248"
HREF="node1.html">
<IMG WIDTH="65" HEIGHT="24" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0" ALT="contents" SRC="contents.png"></A>
-<A NAME="tex2html251"
+<A NAME="tex2html250"
HREF="node11.html">
<IMG WIDTH="43" HEIGHT="24" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0" ALT="index" SRC="index.png"></A>
<BR>
-<B> Next:</B> <A NAME="tex2html254"
+<B> Next:</B> <A NAME="tex2html253"
HREF="node3.html">2. Preliminaries: Key concepts</A>
-<B> Up:</B> <A NAME="tex2html248"
+<B> Up:</B> <A NAME="tex2html247"
HREF="ionconf.html">Configuring and extending Ion3</A>
-<B> Previous:</B> <A NAME="tex2html242"
+<B> Previous:</B> <A NAME="tex2html241"
HREF="node1.html">Contents</A>
- <B> <A NAME="tex2html250"
+ <B> <A NAME="tex2html249"
HREF="node1.html">Contents</A></B>
- <B> <A NAME="tex2html252"
+ <B> <A NAME="tex2html251"
HREF="node11.html">Index</A></B> </DIV>
<!--End of Navigation Panel-->
<BODY >
<DIV CLASS="navigation"><!--Navigation Panel-->
-<A NAME="tex2html267"
+<A NAME="tex2html266"
HREF="node4.html">
<IMG WIDTH="37" HEIGHT="24" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0" ALT="next" SRC="next.png"></A>
-<A NAME="tex2html261"
+<A NAME="tex2html260"
HREF="ionconf.html">
<IMG WIDTH="26" HEIGHT="24" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0" ALT="up" SRC="up.png"></A>
-<A NAME="tex2html255"
+<A NAME="tex2html254"
HREF="node2.html">
<IMG WIDTH="63" HEIGHT="24" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0" ALT="previous" SRC="prev.png"></A>
-<A NAME="tex2html263"
+<A NAME="tex2html262"
HREF="node1.html">
<IMG WIDTH="65" HEIGHT="24" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0" ALT="contents" SRC="contents.png"></A>
-<A NAME="tex2html265"
+<A NAME="tex2html264"
HREF="node11.html">
<IMG WIDTH="43" HEIGHT="24" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0" ALT="index" SRC="index.png"></A>
<BR>
-<B> Next:</B> <A NAME="tex2html268"
+<B> Next:</B> <A NAME="tex2html267"
HREF="node4.html">3. Basic configuration</A>
-<B> Up:</B> <A NAME="tex2html262"
+<B> Up:</B> <A NAME="tex2html261"
HREF="ionconf.html">Configuring and extending Ion3</A>
-<B> Previous:</B> <A NAME="tex2html256"
+<B> Previous:</B> <A NAME="tex2html255"
HREF="node2.html">1. Introduction</A>
- <B> <A NAME="tex2html264"
+ <B> <A NAME="tex2html263"
HREF="node1.html">Contents</A></B>
- <B> <A NAME="tex2html266"
+ <B> <A NAME="tex2html265"
HREF="node11.html">Index</A></B>
<BR>
<BR></DIV>
<A NAME="CHILD_LINKS"><STRONG>Subsections</STRONG></A>
<UL CLASS="ChildLinks">
-<LI><A NAME="tex2html269"
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html268"
HREF="node3.html#SECTION00310000000000000000"><SPAN CLASS="arabic">2</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">1</SPAN> Modules</A>
-<LI><A NAME="tex2html270"
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html269"
HREF="node3.html#SECTION00320000000000000000"><SPAN CLASS="arabic">2</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">2</SPAN> Class and object hierarchies</A>
<UL>
-<LI><A NAME="tex2html271"
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html270"
HREF="node3.html#SECTION00321000000000000000"><SPAN CLASS="arabic">2</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">2</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">1</SPAN> Class hierarchy</A>
-<LI><A NAME="tex2html272"
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html271"
HREF="node3.html#SECTION00322000000000000000"><SPAN CLASS="arabic">2</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">2</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">2</SPAN> Object hierarchies: WRegion parents and managers</A>
<UL>
-<LI><A NAME="tex2html273"
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html272"
HREF="node3.html#SECTION00322100000000000000"><SPAN CLASS="arabic">2</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">2</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">2</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">1</SPAN> Parent-child relations</A>
-<LI><A NAME="tex2html274"
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html273"
HREF="node3.html#SECTION00322200000000000000"><SPAN CLASS="arabic">2</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">2</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">2</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">2</SPAN> Manager-managed relations</A>
</UL>
-<LI><A NAME="tex2html275"
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html274"
HREF="node3.html#SECTION00323000000000000000"><SPAN CLASS="arabic">2</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">2</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">3</SPAN> Summary</A>
</UL></UL>
<!--End of Table of Child-Links-->
<P>
While Ion does not not have a truly object-oriented design
<A NAME="tex2html3"
- HREF="#foot297"><SUP><SPAN CLASS="arabic">2</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">1</SPAN></SUP></A>,
+ HREF="#foot295"><SUP><SPAN CLASS="arabic">2</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">1</SPAN></SUP></A>,
things that appear on the computer screen are, however, quite
naturally expressed as such ``objects''. Therefore Ion implements
a rather primitive OO system for these screen objects and some
<P>
-<DIV ALIGN="CENTER"><A NAME="fig:classhierarchy"></A><A NAME="404"></A>
+<DIV ALIGN="CENTER"><A NAME="fig:classhierarchy"></A><A NAME="402"></A>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION ALIGN="BOTTOM"><STRONG>Figure 2.1:</STRONG>
Partial Ioncore, <SPAN CLASS="textit">mod_tiling</SPAN> and <SPAN CLASS="textit">mod_query</SPAN>
| |-->WWindow
| | |-->WMPlex
| | | |-->WFrame
- | | | |-->WScreen
- | | | |-->WRootWin
- | | |-->WInput (mod_query)
+ | | | `-->WScreen
+ | | | `-->WRootWin
+ | | `-->WInput (mod_query)
| | |-->WEdln (mod_query)
- | | |-->WMessage (mod_query)
+ | | `-->WMessage (mod_query)
| |-->WGroup
| | |-->WGroupWS
- | | |-->WGroupCW
- | |-->WTiling (mod_tiling)
- |-->WSplit (mod_tiling)
+ | | `-->WGroupCW
+ | `-->WTiling (mod_tiling)
+ `-->WSplit (mod_tiling)
</PRE></TD></TR>
</TABLE>
</DIV>
<P>
<DL>
<DT><STRONG>Obj</STRONG></DT>
-<DD><A NAME="410"></A>
+<DD><A NAME="408"></A>
Is the base of Ion's object system.
<P>
</DD>
<DT><STRONG>WRegion</STRONG></DT>
-<DD><A NAME="411"></A>
+<DD><A NAME="409"></A>
is the base class for everything corresponding to something on the
screen. Each object of type WRegion has a size and position
relative to the parent WRegion. While a big part of Ion
<P>
</DD>
<DT><STRONG>WClientWin</STRONG></DT>
-<DD><A NAME="412"></A> is a class for
+<DD><A NAME="410"></A> is a class for
client window objects, the objects that window managers are
supposed to manage.
<P>
</DD>
<DT><STRONG>WWindow</STRONG></DT>
-<DD><A NAME="413"></A> is the base class for all
+<DD><A NAME="411"></A> is the base class for all
internal objects having an X window associated to them
(WClientWins also have X windows associated to them).
<P>
</DD>
<DT><STRONG>WScreen</STRONG></DT>
-<DD><A NAME="414"></A> is an instance of WMPlex
+<DD><A NAME="412"></A> is an instance of WMPlex
for screens.
<P>
</DD>
<DT><STRONG>WRootWin</STRONG></DT>
-<DD><A NAME="415"></A> is the class for
- root windows<A NAME="331"></A> of X screens<A NAME="332"></A>.
+<DD><A NAME="413"></A> is the class for
+ root windows<A NAME="329"></A> of X screens<A NAME="330"></A>.
It is an instance of WScreen.
Note that an ``X screen'' or root window is not necessarily a
- single physical screen<A NAME="334"></A> as a root window
+ single physical screen<A NAME="332"></A> as a root window
may be split over multiple screens when ugly hacks such as
- Xinerama<A NAME="335"></A> are used. (Actually there can be only
+ Xinerama<A NAME="333"></A> are used. (Actually there can be only
one root window when Xinerama is used.)
<P>
</DD>
<DT><STRONG>WFrame</STRONG></DT>
-<DD><A NAME="416"></A> is the class for frames.
+<DD><A NAME="414"></A> is the class for frames.
While most Ion's objects have no graphical presentation, frames
basically add to WMPlexes the decorations around client
windows (borders, tabs).
<P>
</DD>
<DT><STRONG>WGroup</STRONG></DT>
-<DD><A NAME="417"></A> is the base class for groups.
+<DD><A NAME="415"></A> is the base class for groups.
Particular types of groups are workspaces
- (WGroupWS<A NAME="418"></A>)
+ (WGroupWS<A NAME="416"></A>)
and groups of client windows
- (WGroupCW<A NAME="419"></A>).
+ (WGroupCW<A NAME="417"></A>).
</DD>
</DL>
<P>
<DL>
<DT><STRONG>WTiling</STRONG></DT>
-<DD><A NAME="421"></A> is the class for tilings
+<DD><A NAME="419"></A> is the class for tilings
of frames.
</DD>
<DT><STRONG>WSplit</STRONG></DT>
-<DD><A NAME="422"></A> (or, more specifically, classes
+<DD><A NAME="420"></A> (or, more specifically, classes
that inherit it) encode the WTiling tree structure.
</DD>
</DL>
<P>
<DL>
<DT><STRONG>WInput</STRONG></DT>
-<DD><A NAME="424"></A> is a virtual base class for the
+<DD><A NAME="422"></A> is a virtual base class for the
two classes below.
</DD>
<DT><STRONG>WEdln</STRONG></DT>
-<DD><A NAME="425"></A> is the class for the ``queries'',
+<DD><A NAME="423"></A> is the class for the ``queries'',
the text inputs that usually appear at bottoms of frames and sometimes
screens. Queries are the functional equivalent of ``mini buffers'' in
many text editors.
</DD>
<DT><STRONG>WMessage</STRONG></DT>
-<DD><A NAME="426"></A> implements the boxes for
+<DD><A NAME="424"></A> implements the boxes for
warning and other messages that Ion may wish to display to the user.
These also usually appear at bottoms of frames.
</DD>
<SPAN CLASS="arabic">2</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">2</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">2</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">1</SPAN> Parent-child relations</A>
</H4>
Each object of type WRegion has a parent and possibly a manager
-associated to it. The parent<A NAME="367"></A> for an object is always a
+associated to it. The parent<A NAME="365"></A> for an object is always a
WWindow and for WRegion with an X window (WClientWin,
WWindow) the parent WWindow is given by the same relation of
the X windows. For other WRegions the relation is not as clear.
<P>
-<DIV ALIGN="CENTER"><A NAME="fig:parentship"></A><A NAME="378"></A>
+<DIV ALIGN="CENTER"><A NAME="fig:parentship"></A><A NAME="376"></A>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION ALIGN="BOTTOM"><STRONG>Figure 2.2:</STRONG>
Most common parent-child relations</CAPTION>
<TR><TD><PRE>
WRootWins
- |-->WScreens
- |-->WGroupWSs
- |-->WTilings
- |-->WClientWins in full screen mode
- |-->WFrames
- |-->WGroupCWs
- |-->WClientWins
- |-->WFrames for transients
- |-->a possible WEdln or WMessage
+ |-->WGroupWSs
+ |-->WTilings
+ |-->WClientWins in full screen mode
+ `-->WFrames
+ |-->WGroupCWs
+ |-->WClientWins
+ |-->WFrames for transients
+ `-->a possible WEdln or WMessage
</PRE></TD></TR>
</TABLE>
</DIV>
<P>
WRegions have very little control over their children as a parent.
-The manager<A NAME="382"></A> WRegion has much more control over its
+The manager<A NAME="380"></A> WRegion has much more control over its
managed WRegions. Managers, for example, handle resize requests,
focusing and displaying of the managed regions. Indeed the manager--managed
relationship gives a better picture of the logical ordering of objects on
the screen. Again, there are generally few limits, but the most common
hierarchy is given in Figure <A HREF="#fig:managership">2.3</A>. Note that sometimes
-the parent and manager are the same object and not all objects may have
-a manager (e.g. the dock in the dock module at the time of writing this)
-but all have a parent-a screen if not anything else.
+the parent and manager are the same object and not all regions may have
+a manager, but all have a parent-a screen if not anything else.
<P>
<P>
-<DIV ALIGN="CENTER"><A NAME="fig:managership"></A><A NAME="390"></A>
+<DIV ALIGN="CENTER"><A NAME="fig:managership"></A><A NAME="388"></A>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION ALIGN="BOTTOM"><STRONG>Figure 2.3:</STRONG>
Most common manager-managed relations</CAPTION>
<TR><TD><PRE>
WRootWins
- |-->WScreens
- |-->WGroupCWs for full screen WClientWins
- | |-->WClientWins
- | |-->WFrames for transients (dialogs)
- | |--> WClientWin
- |-->WGroupWSs for workspaces
- | |-->WTiling
- | | |-->WFrames
- | | | |-->WGroupCWs (with contents as above)
- | | |-->possibly a WStatusBar or WDock
- | |-->WFrames for floating content
- | |-->possibly a WEdln, WMessage or WMenu
- | |-->possibly a WStatusBar or WDock (if no tiling)
- |-->WFrames for sticky stuff, such as the scratchpad
+ |-->WGroupCWs for full screen WClientWins
+ | |-->WClientWins
+ | `-->WFrames for transients (dialogs)
+ | `--> WClientWin
+ |-->WGroupWSs for workspaces
+ | |-->WTiling
+ | | |-->WFrames
+ | | | `-->WGroupCWs (with contents as above)
+ | | `-->possibly a WStatusBar or WDock
+ | |-->WFrames for floating content
+ | |-->possibly a WEdln, WMessage or WMenu
+ | `-->possibly a WStatusBar or WDock (if no tiling)
+ `-->WFrames for sticky stuff, such as the scratchpad
</PRE></TD></TR>
</TABLE>
</DIV>
<P>
<BR><HR><H4>Footnotes</H4>
<DL>
-<DT><A NAME="foot29
7">... design</A><A
+<DT><A NAME="foot29
5">... design</A><A
HREF="node3.html#tex2html3"><SUP><SPAN CLASS="arabic">2</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">1</SPAN></SUP></A></DT>
<DD>the author doesn't like such artificial designs
</DL>
<DIV CLASS="navigation"><HR>
<!--Navigation Panel-->
-<A NAME="tex2html267"
+<A NAME="tex2html266"
HREF="node4.html">
<IMG WIDTH="37" HEIGHT="24" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0" ALT="next" SRC="next.png"></A>
-<A NAME="tex2html261"
+<A NAME="tex2html260"
HREF="ionconf.html">
<IMG WIDTH="26" HEIGHT="24" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0" ALT="up" SRC="up.png"></A>
-<A NAME="tex2html255"
+<A NAME="tex2html254"
HREF="node2.html">
<IMG WIDTH="63" HEIGHT="24" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0" ALT="previous" SRC="prev.png"></A>
-<A NAME="tex2html263"
+<A NAME="tex2html262"
HREF="node1.html">
<IMG WIDTH="65" HEIGHT="24" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0" ALT="contents" SRC="contents.png"></A>
-<A NAME="tex2html265"
+<A NAME="tex2html264"
HREF="node11.html">
<IMG WIDTH="43" HEIGHT="24" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0" ALT="index" SRC="index.png"></A>
<BR>
-<B> Next:</B> <A NAME="tex2html268"
+<B> Next:</B> <A NAME="tex2html267"
HREF="node4.html">3. Basic configuration</A>
-<B> Up:</B> <A NAME="tex2html262"
+<B> Up:</B> <A NAME="tex2html261"
HREF="ionconf.html">Configuring and extending Ion3</A>
-<B> Previous:</B> <A NAME="tex2html256"
+<B> Previous:</B> <A NAME="tex2html255"
HREF="node2.html">1. Introduction</A>
- <B> <A NAME="tex2html264"
+ <B> <A NAME="tex2html263"
HREF="node1.html">Contents</A></B>
- <B> <A NAME="tex2html266"
+ <B> <A NAME="tex2html265"
HREF="node11.html">Index</A></B> </DIV>
<!--End of Navigation Panel-->
<BODY >
<DIV CLASS="navigation"><!--Navigation Panel-->
-<A NAME="tex2html288"
+<A NAME="tex2html287"
HREF="node5.html">
<IMG WIDTH="37" HEIGHT="24" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0" ALT="next" SRC="next.png"></A>
-<A NAME="tex2html282"
+<A NAME="tex2html281"
HREF="ionconf.html">
<IMG WIDTH="26" HEIGHT="24" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0" ALT="up" SRC="up.png"></A>
-<A NAME="tex2html276"
+<A NAME="tex2html275"
HREF="node3.html">
<IMG WIDTH="63" HEIGHT="24" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0" ALT="previous" SRC="prev.png"></A>
-<A NAME="tex2html284"
+<A NAME="tex2html283"
HREF="node1.html">
<IMG WIDTH="65" HEIGHT="24" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0" ALT="contents" SRC="contents.png"></A>
-<A NAME="tex2html286"
+<A NAME="tex2html285"
HREF="node11.html">
<IMG WIDTH="43" HEIGHT="24" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0" ALT="index" SRC="index.png"></A>
<BR>
-<B> Next:</B> <A NAME="tex2html289"
+<B> Next:</B> <A NAME="tex2html288"
HREF="node5.html">4. Graphical styles</A>
-<B> Up:</B> <A NAME="tex2html283"
+<B> Up:</B> <A NAME="tex2html282"
HREF="ionconf.html">Configuring and extending Ion3</A>
-<B> Previous:</B> <A NAME="tex2html277"
+<B> Previous:</B> <A NAME="tex2html276"
HREF="node3.html">2. Preliminaries: Key concepts</A>
- <B> <A NAME="tex2html285"
+ <B> <A NAME="tex2html284"
HREF="node1.html">Contents</A></B>
- <B> <A NAME="tex2html287"
+ <B> <A NAME="tex2html286"
HREF="node11.html">Index</A></B>
<BR>
<BR></DIV>
<A NAME="CHILD_LINKS"><STRONG>Subsections</STRONG></A>
<UL CLASS="ChildLinks">
-<LI><A NAME="tex2html290"
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html289"
HREF="node4.html#SECTION00410000000000000000"><SPAN CLASS="arabic">3</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">1</SPAN> The configuration files</A>
-<LI><A NAME="tex2html291"
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html290"
HREF="node4.html#SECTION00420000000000000000"><SPAN CLASS="arabic">3</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">2</SPAN> A walk through <SPAN CLASS="textit">cfg_ion.lua</SPAN></A>
-<LI><A NAME="tex2html292"
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html291"
HREF="node4.html#SECTION00430000000000000000"><SPAN CLASS="arabic">3</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">3</SPAN> Keys and rodents</A>
<UL>
-<LI><A NAME="tex2html293"
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html292"
HREF="node4.html#SECTION00431000000000000000"><SPAN CLASS="arabic">3</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">3</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">1</SPAN> Binding handlers and special variables</A>
-<LI><A NAME="tex2html294"
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html293"
HREF="node4.html#SECTION00432000000000000000"><SPAN CLASS="arabic">3</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">3</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">2</SPAN> Guards</A>
-<LI><A NAME="tex2html295"
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html294"
HREF="node4.html#SECTION00433000000000000000"><SPAN CLASS="arabic">3</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">3</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">3</SPAN> Defining the bindings</A>
-<LI><A NAME="tex2html296"
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html295"
HREF="node4.html#SECTION00434000000000000000"><SPAN CLASS="arabic">3</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">3</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">4</SPAN> Examples</A>
-<LI><A NAME="tex2html297"
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html296"
HREF="node4.html#SECTION00435000000000000000"><SPAN CLASS="arabic">3</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">3</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">5</SPAN> Key specifications</A>
-<LI><A NAME="tex2html298"
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html297"
HREF="node4.html#SECTION00436000000000000000"><SPAN CLASS="arabic">3</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">3</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">6</SPAN> Button specifications</A>
-<LI><A NAME="tex2html299"
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html298"
HREF="node4.html#SECTION00437000000000000000"><SPAN CLASS="arabic">3</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">3</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">7</SPAN> A further note on the default binding configuration</A>
</UL>
<BR>
-<LI><A NAME="tex2html300"
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html299"
HREF="node4.html#SECTION00440000000000000000"><SPAN CLASS="arabic">3</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">4</SPAN> Menus</A>
<UL>
-<LI><A NAME="tex2html301"
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html300"
HREF="node4.html#SECTION00441000000000000000"><SPAN CLASS="arabic">3</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">4</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">1</SPAN> Defining menus</A>
-<LI><A NAME="tex2html302"
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html301"
HREF="node4.html#SECTION00442000000000000000"><SPAN CLASS="arabic">3</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">4</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">2</SPAN> Special menus</A>
-<LI><A NAME="tex2html303"
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html302"
HREF="node4.html#SECTION00443000000000000000"><SPAN CLASS="arabic">3</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">4</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">3</SPAN> Defining context menus</A>
-<LI><A NAME="tex2html304"
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html303"
HREF="node4.html#SECTION00444000000000000000"><SPAN CLASS="arabic">3</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">4</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">4</SPAN> Displaying menus</A>
</UL>
<BR>
-<LI><A NAME="tex2html305"
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html304"
HREF="node4.html#SECTION00450000000000000000"><SPAN CLASS="arabic">3</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">5</SPAN> Winprops</A>
<UL>
-<LI><A NAME="tex2html306"
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html305"
HREF="node4.html#SECTION00451000000000000000"><SPAN CLASS="arabic">3</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">5</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">1</SPAN> Sizehint winprops</A>
-<LI><A NAME="tex2html307"
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html306"
HREF="node4.html#SECTION00452000000000000000"><SPAN CLASS="arabic">3</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">5</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">2</SPAN> Classes, roles and instances</A>
-<LI><A NAME="tex2html308"
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html307"
HREF="node4.html#SECTION00453000000000000000"><SPAN CLASS="arabic">3</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">5</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">3</SPAN> Finding window identification</A>
-<LI><A NAME="tex2html309"
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html308"
HREF="node4.html#SECTION00454000000000000000"><SPAN CLASS="arabic">3</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">5</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">4</SPAN> Some common examples</A>
<UL>
-<LI><A NAME="tex2html310"
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html309"
HREF="node4.html#SECTION00454100000000000000"><SPAN CLASS="arabic">3</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">5</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">4</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">1</SPAN> Acrobat Reader</A>
-<LI><A NAME="tex2html311"
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html310"
HREF="node4.html#SECTION00454200000000000000"><SPAN CLASS="arabic">3</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">5</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">4</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">2</SPAN> Forcing newly created windows in named frames</A>
</UL>
</UL>
<BR>
-<LI><A NAME="tex2html312"
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html311"
HREF="node4.html#SECTION00460000000000000000"><SPAN CLASS="arabic">3</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">6</SPAN> The statusbar</A>
<UL>
-<LI><A NAME="tex2html313"
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html312"
HREF="node4.html#SECTION00461000000000000000"><SPAN CLASS="arabic">3</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">6</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">1</SPAN> The template</A>
-<LI><A NAME="tex2html314"
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html313"
HREF="node4.html#SECTION00462000000000000000"><SPAN CLASS="arabic">3</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">6</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">2</SPAN> The systray</A>
-<LI><A NAME="tex2html315"
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html314"
HREF="node4.html#SECTION00463000000000000000"><SPAN CLASS="arabic">3</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">6</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">3</SPAN> Monitors</A>
<UL>
-<LI><A NAME="tex2html316"
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html315"
HREF="node4.html#SECTION00463100000000000000"><SPAN CLASS="arabic">3</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">6</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">3</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">1</SPAN> Date</A>
-<LI><A NAME="tex2html317"
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html316"
HREF="node4.html#SECTION00463200000000000000"><SPAN CLASS="arabic">3</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">6</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">3</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">2</SPAN> Load</A>
-<LI><A NAME="tex2html318"
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html317"
HREF="node4.html#SECTION00463300000000000000"><SPAN CLASS="arabic">3</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">6</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">3</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">3</SPAN> Mail</A>
</UL></UL></UL>
<!--End of Table of Child-Links-->
Ion3, to which document applies, stores its stock configuration files in
<SPAN CLASS="textit">/usr/local/etc/ion3/</SPAN> unless you, the OS package maintainer or
whoever installed the package on the system has modified the variables
-<TT>PREFIX</TT><A NAME="583"></A> or
-<TT>ETCDIR</TT><A NAME="584"></A> in
-<SPAN CLASS="textit">system.mk</SPAN><A NAME="585"></A> before compiling Ion.
+<TT>PREFIX</TT><A NAME="581"></A> or
+<TT>ETCDIR</TT><A NAME="582"></A> in
+<SPAN CLASS="textit">system.mk</SPAN><A NAME="583"></A> before compiling Ion.
In the first case you probably know where to find the files and in
the other case the system administrator or the OS package maintainer
should have provided documentation to point to the correct location.
As seen above, the functions that create key binding specifications require
a <TT>keyspec</TT> argument. This argument should be a string containing the
name of a key as listed in the X header file <SPAN CLASS="textit">keysymdef.h</SPAN><A NAME="tex2html7"
- HREF="#foot880"><SUP><SPAN CLASS="arabic">3</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">1</SPAN></SUP></A> without the <TT>XK_</TT> prefix.
-<A NAME="881"></A>
+ HREF="#foot878"><SUP><SPAN CLASS="arabic">3</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">1</SPAN></SUP></A> without the <TT>XK_</TT> prefix.
+<A NAME="879"></A>
Most of the key names are quite intuitive while some are not. For example,
the <SPAN CLASS="textbf">Enter</SPAN> key on the main part of the keyboard has the less common
name <SPAN CLASS="textbf">Return</SPAN> while the one the numpad is called <SPAN CLASS="textbf">KP_Enter</SPAN>.
<P>
<SPAN CLASS="textbf">Shift</SPAN>, <SPAN CLASS="textbf">Control</SPAN>, <SPAN CLASS="textbf">Mod1</SPAN> to <SPAN CLASS="textbf">Mod5</SPAN>,
<SPAN CLASS="textbf">AnyModifier</SPAN> and <SPAN CLASS="textbf">Lock</SPAN>.
+<A NAME="880"></A>
+<A NAME="881"></A>
<A NAME="882"></A>
<A NAME="883"></A>
<A NAME="884"></A>
-<A NAME="885"></A>
-<A NAME="886"></A>
<P>
X allows binding all of these modifiers to almost any key and while this
list of modifiers does not explicitly list keys such as
-<SPAN CLASS="textbf">Alt</SPAN><A NAME="887"></A> that are common on modern keyboards, such
+<SPAN CLASS="textbf">Alt</SPAN><A NAME="885"></A> that are common on modern keyboards, such
keys are bound to one of the <SPAN CLASS="textbf">ModN</SPAN>. On systems running XFree86
<SPAN CLASS="textbf">Alt</SPAN> is usually <SPAN CLASS="textbf">Mod1</SPAN>. On Suns <SPAN CLASS="textbf">Mod1</SPAN> is the diamond key
and <SPAN CLASS="textbf">Alt</SPAN> something else. One of the ``flying window'' keys on so
called Windows-keyboards is probably mapped to <SPAN CLASS="textbf">Mod3</SPAN> if you have
-such a key. Use the program <SPAN CLASS="textit">xmodmap</SPAN><A NAME="888"></A>
+such a key. Use the program <SPAN CLASS="textit">xmodmap</SPAN><A NAME="886"></A>
to find out what exactly is bound where.
<P>
WIDTH="82" HEIGHT="15" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0"
SRC="img2.png"
ALT="$N=1{\ldots} 5$"></SPAN>)
-bound to <SPAN CLASS="textbf">NumLock</SPAN><A NAME="889"></A> or
-<SPAN CLASS="textbf">ScrollLock</SPAN><A NAME="890"></A>
+bound to <SPAN CLASS="textbf">NumLock</SPAN><A NAME="887"></A> or
+<SPAN CLASS="textbf">ScrollLock</SPAN><A NAME="888"></A>
by default because such<A NAME="tex2html8"
- HREF="#foot859"><SUP><SPAN CLASS="arabic">3</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">2</SPAN></SUP></A> locking keys may otherwise
+ HREF="#foot857"><SUP><SPAN CLASS="arabic">3</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">2</SPAN></SUP></A> locking keys may otherwise
cause confusion.
<P>
Button specifications are similar to key definitions but now
instead of specifying modifiers and a key, you specify modifiers
and one of the button names <SPAN CLASS="textbf">Button1</SPAN> to
-<SPAN CLASS="textbf">Button5</SPAN><A NAME="891"></A>. Additionally the
+<SPAN CLASS="textbf">Button5</SPAN><A NAME="889"></A>. Additionally the
specification may end with an optional area name following an @-sign.
Only frames currently support areas, and the supported values in this
case are
</H3>
<P>
-<A NAME="1148"></A>
-<A NAME="1202"></A>
-<A NAME="1203"></A>
-<A NAME="1204"></A>
+<A NAME="1146"></A>
+<A NAME="1199"></A>
+<A NAME="1200"></A>
+<A NAME="1201"></A>
In the stock configuration file setup, menus are defined in the file
<SPAN CLASS="textit">cfg_menus.lua</SPAN> as previously mentioned. The <SPAN CLASS="textit">mod_menu</SPAN> module
must be loaded for one to be able to define menus, and this is done with
<TD ALIGN="LEFT">Keyboard (or mouse) operated menus that open in the bottom-left corner
of a screen or frame.</TD>
</TR>
-<TR><TD ALIGN="LEFT"><A HREF="#fn:mod_menu.bigmenu"><TT>mod_menu.bigmenu</TT></A></TD>
-<TD ALIGN="LEFT">Same as previous, but uses another graphical style.</TD>
-</TR>
<TR><TD ALIGN="LEFT"><A HREF="node7.html#fn:mod_menu.pmenu"><TT>mod_menu.pmenu</TT></A></TD>
<TD ALIGN="LEFT">Mouse-operated drop-down menus. This function can only be called from a
mouse press or drag handler.</TD>
</H2>
<P>
-The so-called ``winprops''<A NAME="1295"></A> can be used to change how
+The so-called ``winprops''<A NAME="1289"></A> can be used to change how
specific windows are handled and to set up some kludges to deal with
badly behaving applications. They are defined by calling the function
<TT>defwinprop</TT> with a table containing the properties to set and the
</DD>
<DT><STRONG>Description:</STRONG></DT>
-<DD><A NAME="1462"></A>
+<DD><A NAME="1456"></A>
Set this to <TT>true</TT> for Acrobat Reader. It has an annoying
habit of trying to manage its dialogs instead of setting them as
transients and letting the window manager do its job, causing
</DD>
<DT><STRONG>Description:</STRONG></DT>
-<DD><A NAME="1463"></A>
+<DD><A NAME="1457"></A>
Set this to open the window in a floating frame, when
in a group.
</DD>
<DT><STRONG>Description:</STRONG></DT>
-<DD><A NAME="1464"></A>
+<DD><A NAME="1458"></A>
Should the window be initially in full screen mode?
</DD>
</DD>
<DT><STRONG>Description:</STRONG></DT>
-<DD><A NAME="1465"></A>
+<DD><A NAME="1459"></A>
Should configure requests on the window be ignored?
Only has effect on floating windows.
</DD>
<DT><STRONG>Description:</STRONG></DT>
-<DD><A NAME="1466"></A>
+<DD><A NAME="1460"></A>
Ignore extended WM hints <TT>_NET_ACTIVE_WINDOW</TT> request.
</DD>
</DD>
<DT><STRONG>Description:</STRONG></DT>
-<DD><A NAME="1467"></A>
+<DD><A NAME="1461"></A>
Should a newly created client window always be made
active, even if the allocated frame isn't.
</DD>
<DT><STRONG>Description:</STRONG></DT>
-<DD><A NAME="1468"></A>
+<DD><A NAME="1462"></A>
If the region specified by <TT>target</TT> winprop does not exist
(or that winprop is not set), create a new workspace using the
previously stored layout (see <A HREF="node7.html#fn:ioncore.deflayout"><TT>ioncore.deflayout</TT></A>) named by
</DD>
<DT><STRONG>Description:</STRONG></DT>
-<DD><A NAME="1469"></A>
+<DD><A NAME="1463"></A>
Discard this winprop after first use.
</DD>
</DD>
<DT><STRONG>Description:</STRONG></DT>
-<DD><A NAME="1470"></A>
+<DD><A NAME="1464"></A>
The orientation of the window: one of `<TT>vertical</TT>' or
`<TT>horizontal</TT>'. This is only useful when using the
window as a status display.
</DD>
<DT><STRONG>Description:</STRONG></DT>
-<DD><A NAME="1471"></A>
+<DD><A NAME="1465"></A>
Put the window in the statusbar, in the named tray component,
(The default tray component is called simply `<TT>systray</TT>',
and others you give names to in your custom template, always
</DD>
<DT><STRONG>Description:</STRONG></DT>
-<DD><A NAME="1472"></A>
+<DD><A NAME="1466"></A>
Should a newly mapped client window be switched to within
its frame.
</DD>
<DT><STRONG>Description:</STRONG></DT>
-<DD><A NAME="1473"></A>
+<DD><A NAME="1467"></A>
The name of an object (workspace, frame) that should manage
windows of this type. See also <TT>new_group</TT>.
</DD>
<DT><STRONG>Description:</STRONG></DT>
-<DD><A NAME="1474"></A>
+<DD><A NAME="1468"></A>
`<TT>normal</TT>': No change in behaviour. `<TT>current</TT>':
The window should be thought of as a transient for the current
active client window (if any) even if it is not marked as a
</DD>
<DT><STRONG>Description:</STRONG></DT>
-<DD><A NAME="1475"></A>
+<DD><A NAME="1469"></A>
Should frames be made transparent when this window is selected?
<BR>
<P>
Additionally, the winprops
-<TT>max_size</TT><A NAME="1476"></A>,
-<TT>min_size</TT><A NAME="1477"></A>,
-<TT>aspect</TT><A NAME="1478"></A>,
-<TT>resizeinc</TT><A NAME="1479"></A>,
+<TT>max_size</TT><A NAME="1470"></A>,
+<TT>min_size</TT><A NAME="1471"></A>,
+<TT>aspect</TT><A NAME="1472"></A>,
+<TT>resizeinc</TT><A NAME="1473"></A>,
and
-<TT>ignore_max_size</TT><A NAME="1480"></A>,
-<TT>ignore_min_size</TT><A NAME="1481"></A>,
-<TT>ignore_aspect</TT><A NAME="1482"></A>,
-<TT>ignore_resizeinc</TT><A NAME="1483"></A>,
+<TT>ignore_max_size</TT><A NAME="1474"></A>,
+<TT>ignore_min_size</TT><A NAME="1475"></A>,
+<TT>ignore_aspect</TT><A NAME="1476"></A>,
+<TT>ignore_resizeinc</TT><A NAME="1477"></A>,
may be used to override application-supplied size hints. The four
first ones are tables with the fields <TT>w</TT> and <TT>h</TT>, indicating
the width and height size hints in pixels, and the latter ignore
<P>
Finally, the boolean
-<TT>userpos</TT><A NAME="1484"></A> option may be used to
+<TT>userpos</TT><A NAME="1478"></A> option may be used to
override the <TT>USPosition</TT> flag of the size hints. Normally,
when this flag is set, Ion tries to respect the supplied window
position more than when it is not set. Obviously, this makes sense
<P>
The identification information supported are
-<TT>class</TT><A NAME="1485"></A>,
-<TT>role</TT><A NAME="1486"></A>,
-<TT>instance</TT><A NAME="1487"></A>,
-<TT>name</TT><A NAME="1488"></A>,
-<TT>is_transient</TT><A NAME="1489"></A>, and
-<TT>is_dockapp</TT><A NAME="1490"></A>.
+<TT>class</TT><A NAME="1479"></A>,
+<TT>role</TT><A NAME="1480"></A>,
+<TT>instance</TT><A NAME="1481"></A>,
+<TT>name</TT><A NAME="1482"></A>,
+<TT>is_transient</TT><A NAME="1483"></A>, and
+<TT>is_dockapp</TT><A NAME="1484"></A>.
It is not necessary to specify all of these fields.
The first three are strings, and must exactly match the
corresponding information obtained from the window's properties.
for a window and all the transient windows managed within it.
<P>
-<A NAME="1439"></A>
+<A NAME="1433"></A>
Another way to get the identification information is to use <TT>xprop</TT>.
Simply run To get class and instance, simply run <TT>xprop WM_CLASS</TT>
and click on the particular window of interest. The class is the latter of
This method, however, will not work on transients.
<P>
-<A NAME="1443"></A>
+<A NAME="1437"></A>
So-called ``transient windows'' are usually short-lived dialogs (although
some programs abuse this property) that have a parent window that they are
``transient for''. On tiled workspaces Ion displays these windows
returning the parent window's properties when the transient is clicked on.
For this reason you'll have to do a little extra work to get the properties
for that window.<A NAME="tex2html9"
- HREF="#foot1492"><SUP><SPAN CLASS="arabic">3</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">3</SPAN></SUP></A>
+ HREF="#foot1486"><SUP><SPAN CLASS="arabic">3</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">3</SPAN></SUP></A>
<P>
Finally, it should be mentioned that too many authors these days
``forget'' to set this vital identification to anything meaningful:
<P>
<BR><HR><H4>Footnotes</H4>
<DL>
-<DT><A NAME="foot8
80">...keysymdef.h</A><A
+<DT><A NAME="foot8
78">...keysymdef.h</A><A
HREF="node4.html#tex2html7"><SUP><SPAN CLASS="arabic">3</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">1</SPAN></SUP></A></DT>
<DD>This file can usually be found in the directory
<SPAN CLASS="textit">/usr/X11R6/include/X11/</SPAN>.
</DD>
-<DT><A NAME="foot85
9">... such</A><A
+<DT><A NAME="foot85
7">... such</A><A
HREF="node4.html#tex2html8"><SUP><SPAN CLASS="arabic">3</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">2</SPAN></SUP></A></DT>
<DD>Completely useless keys that should be
gotten rid of in the author's opinion.
</DD>
-<DT><A NAME="foot14
92">... window.</A><A
+<DT><A NAME="foot14
86">... window.</A><A
HREF="node4.html#tex2html9"><SUP><SPAN CLASS="arabic">3</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">3</SPAN></SUP></A></DT>
<DD>There's a patch to <TT>xprop</TT> to
fix this, but nothing seems to be happening with respect to including it in
</DL>
<DIV CLASS="navigation"><HR>
<!--Navigation Panel-->
-<A NAME="tex2html288"
+<A NAME="tex2html287"
HREF="node5.html">
<IMG WIDTH="37" HEIGHT="24" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0" ALT="next" SRC="next.png"></A>
-<A NAME="tex2html282"
+<A NAME="tex2html281"
HREF="ionconf.html">
<IMG WIDTH="26" HEIGHT="24" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0" ALT="up" SRC="up.png"></A>
-<A NAME="tex2html276"
+<A NAME="tex2html275"
HREF="node3.html">
<IMG WIDTH="63" HEIGHT="24" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0" ALT="previous" SRC="prev.png"></A>
-<A NAME="tex2html284"
+<A NAME="tex2html283"
HREF="node1.html">
<IMG WIDTH="65" HEIGHT="24" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0" ALT="contents" SRC="contents.png"></A>
-<A NAME="tex2html286"
+<A NAME="tex2html285"
HREF="node11.html">
<IMG WIDTH="43" HEIGHT="24" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0" ALT="index" SRC="index.png"></A>
<BR>
-<B> Next:</B> <A NAME="tex2html289"
+<B> Next:</B> <A NAME="tex2html288"
HREF="node5.html">4. Graphical styles</A>
-<B> Up:</B> <A NAME="tex2html283"
+<B> Up:</B> <A NAME="tex2html282"
HREF="ionconf.html">Configuring and extending Ion3</A>
-<B> Previous:</B> <A NAME="tex2html277"
+<B> Previous:</B> <A NAME="tex2html276"
HREF="node3.html">2. Preliminaries: Key concepts</A>
- <B> <A NAME="tex2html285"
+ <B> <A NAME="tex2html284"
HREF="node1.html">Contents</A></B>
- <B> <A NAME="tex2html287"
+ <B> <A NAME="tex2html286"
HREF="node11.html">Index</A></B> </DIV>
<!--End of Navigation Panel-->
<BODY >
<DIV CLASS="navigation"><!--Navigation Panel-->
-<A NAME="tex2html331"
+<A NAME="tex2html330"
HREF="node6.html">
<IMG WIDTH="37" HEIGHT="24" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0" ALT="next" SRC="next.png"></A>
-<A NAME="tex2html325"
+<A NAME="tex2html324"
HREF="ionconf.html">
<IMG WIDTH="26" HEIGHT="24" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0" ALT="up" SRC="up.png"></A>
-<A NAME="tex2html319"
+<A NAME="tex2html318"
HREF="node4.html">
<IMG WIDTH="63" HEIGHT="24" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0" ALT="previous" SRC="prev.png"></A>
-<A NAME="tex2html327"
+<A NAME="tex2html326"
HREF="node1.html">
<IMG WIDTH="65" HEIGHT="24" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0" ALT="contents" SRC="contents.png"></A>
-<A NAME="tex2html329"
+<A NAME="tex2html328"
HREF="node11.html">
<IMG WIDTH="43" HEIGHT="24" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0" ALT="index" SRC="index.png"></A>
<BR>
-<B> Next:</B> <A NAME="tex2html332"
+<B> Next:</B> <A NAME="tex2html331"
HREF="node6.html">5. Scripting</A>
-<B> Up:</B> <A NAME="tex2html326"
+<B> Up:</B> <A NAME="tex2html325"
HREF="ionconf.html">Configuring and extending Ion3</A>
-<B> Previous:</B> <A NAME="tex2html320"
+<B> Previous:</B> <A NAME="tex2html319"
HREF="node4.html">3. Basic configuration</A>
- <B> <A NAME="tex2html328"
+ <B> <A NAME="tex2html327"
HREF="node1.html">Contents</A></B>
- <B> <A NAME="tex2html330"
+ <B> <A NAME="tex2html329"
HREF="node11.html">Index</A></B>
<BR>
<BR></DIV>
<A NAME="CHILD_LINKS"><STRONG>Subsections</STRONG></A>
<UL CLASS="ChildLinks">
-<LI><A NAME="tex2html333"
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html332"
HREF="node5.html#SECTION00510000000000000000"><SPAN CLASS="arabic">4</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">1</SPAN> Drawing engines, style specifications and sub-styles</A>
<UL>
-<LI><A NAME="tex2html334"
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html333"
HREF="node5.html#SECTION00511000000000000000"><SPAN CLASS="arabic">4</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">1</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">1</SPAN> Known styles and substyles</A>
<UL>
-<LI><A NAME="tex2html335"
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html334"
HREF="node5.html#SECTION00511100000000000000"><SPAN CLASS="arabic">4</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">1</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">1</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">1</SPAN> Frames</A>
-<LI><A NAME="tex2html336"
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html335"
HREF="node5.html#SECTION00511200000000000000"><SPAN CLASS="arabic">4</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">1</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">1</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">2</SPAN> Tabs and menu entries</A>
-<LI><A NAME="tex2html337"
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html336"
HREF="node5.html#SECTION00511300000000000000"><SPAN CLASS="arabic">4</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">1</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">1</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">3</SPAN> The rest</A>
</UL>
</UL>
<BR>
-<LI><A NAME="tex2html338"
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html337"
HREF="node5.html#SECTION00520000000000000000"><SPAN CLASS="arabic">4</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">2</SPAN> Defining styles for the default drawing engine</A>
<UL>
-<LI><A NAME="tex2html339"
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html338"
HREF="node5.html#SECTION00521000000000000000"><SPAN CLASS="arabic">4</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">2</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">1</SPAN> The structure of the configuration files</A>
-<LI><A NAME="tex2html340"
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html339"
HREF="node5.html#SECTION00522000000000000000"><SPAN CLASS="arabic">4</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">2</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">2</SPAN> Defining the styles</A>
<UL>
-<LI><A NAME="tex2html341"
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html340"
HREF="node5.html#SECTION00522100000000000000"><SPAN CLASS="arabic">4</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">2</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">2</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">1</SPAN> Colours</A>
-<LI><A NAME="tex2html342"
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html341"
HREF="node5.html#SECTION00522200000000000000"><SPAN CLASS="arabic">4</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">2</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">2</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">2</SPAN> Borders and widths</A>
-<LI><A NAME="tex2html343"
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html342"
HREF="node5.html#SECTION00522300000000000000"><SPAN CLASS="arabic">4</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">2</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">2</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">3</SPAN> Text</A>
-<LI><A NAME="tex2html344"
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html343"
HREF="node5.html#SECTION00522400000000000000"><SPAN CLASS="arabic">4</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">2</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">2</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">4</SPAN> Miscellaneous</A>
-<LI><A NAME="tex2html345"
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html344"
HREF="node5.html#SECTION00522500000000000000"><SPAN CLASS="arabic">4</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">2</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">2</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">5</SPAN> Substyles</A>
</UL>
-<LI><A NAME="tex2html346"
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html345"
HREF="node5.html#SECTION00523000000000000000"><SPAN CLASS="arabic">4</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">2</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">3</SPAN> An example</A>
</UL>
<BR>
-<LI><A NAME="tex2html347"
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html346"
HREF="node5.html#SECTION00530000000000000000"><SPAN CLASS="arabic">4</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">3</SPAN> Miscellaneous settings</A>
<UL>
-<LI><A NAME="tex2html348"
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html347"
HREF="node5.html#SECTION00531000000000000000"><SPAN CLASS="arabic">4</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">3</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">1</SPAN> Frame user attributes</A>
-<LI><A NAME="tex2html349"
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html348"
HREF="node5.html#SECTION00532000000000000000"><SPAN CLASS="arabic">4</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">3</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">2</SPAN> Extra fields for style `<TT>frame</TT>'</A>
-<LI><A NAME="tex2html350"
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html349"
HREF="node5.html#SECTION00533000000000000000"><SPAN CLASS="arabic">4</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">3</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">3</SPAN> Extra fields for style `<TT>dock</TT>'</A>
</UL></UL>
<!--End of Table of Child-Links-->
<P>
<H2><A NAME="SECTION00510000000000000000"></A>
-<A NAME="sec:engines"></A><A NAME="1909"></A><A NAME="1910"></A>
+<A NAME="sec:engines"></A><A NAME="1903"></A><A NAME="1904"></A>
<BR>
<SPAN CLASS="arabic">4</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">1</SPAN> Drawing engines, style specifications and sub-styles
</H2>
<PRE>
attr1-attr2-...-attrn
</PRE>
-These extra attributes are called <SPAN CLASS="textit">substyles</SPAN><A NAME="1922"></A>
+These extra attributes are called <SPAN CLASS="textit">substyles</SPAN><A NAME="1916"></A>
and allow, for example, the state of the object to be indicated
by different colour sets while keeping the interface at an
abstract level and the drawing engine completely ignorant
<TR><TD ALIGN="LEFT">`<TT>frame</TT>'</TD>
<TD ALIGN="LEFT">Style for frames.
Substyle attributes: `<TT>active</TT>'/`<TT>inactive</TT>'
- (mutually exclusive) and
- `<TT>quasiactive</TT>'/`<TT>not_quasiactive</TT>'.
+ (mutually exclusive), and
+ `<TT>quasiactive</TT>'.
A frame is ``quasiactive'' when an active region
has a back-link to it, such as a detached window.</TD>
</TR>
</TR>
<TR><TD ALIGN="LEFT">`<TT>tab-frame</TT>'</TD>
<TD ALIGN="LEFT">A more specific style for frames' tabs.
- Additional substyle attributes include:
+ Additional substyle attributes include those of
+ the `<TT>frame</TT>' style, as well as tab-specific
`<TT>tagged</TT>'/`<TT>not_tagged</TT>',
- `<TT>dragged</TT>'/`<TT>not_dragged</TT>',
- `<TT>activity</TT>'/`<TT>no_activity</TT>',
- `<TT>quasiactive</TT>'/`<TT>not_quasiactive</TT>'.</TD>
+ `<TT>dragged</TT>'/`<TT>not_dragged</TT>', and
+ `<TT>activity</TT>'/`<TT>no_activity</TT>'.</TD>
</TR>
<TR><TD ALIGN="LEFT">`<TT>tab-frame-tiled</TT>',</TD>
<TD ALIGN="LEFT"> </TD>
<P>
-<DIV ALIGN="CENTER"><A NAME="fig:borders"></A><A NAME="2025"></A>
+<DIV ALIGN="CENTER"><A NAME="fig:borders"></A><A NAME="2017"></A>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION ALIGN="BOTTOM"><STRONG>Figure 4.1:</STRONG>
Sketch of different border styles and elements</CAPTION>
<DIV CLASS="navigation"><HR>
<!--Navigation Panel-->
-<A NAME="tex2html331"
+<A NAME="tex2html330"
HREF="node6.html">
<IMG WIDTH="37" HEIGHT="24" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0" ALT="next" SRC="next.png"></A>
-<A NAME="tex2html325"
+<A NAME="tex2html324"
HREF="ionconf.html">
<IMG WIDTH="26" HEIGHT="24" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0" ALT="up" SRC="up.png"></A>
-<A NAME="tex2html319"
+<A NAME="tex2html318"
HREF="node4.html">
<IMG WIDTH="63" HEIGHT="24" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0" ALT="previous" SRC="prev.png"></A>
-<A NAME="tex2html327"
+<A NAME="tex2html326"
HREF="node1.html">
<IMG WIDTH="65" HEIGHT="24" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0" ALT="contents" SRC="contents.png"></A>
-<A NAME="tex2html329"
+<A NAME="tex2html328"
HREF="node11.html">
<IMG WIDTH="43" HEIGHT="24" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0" ALT="index" SRC="index.png"></A>
<BR>
-<B> Next:</B> <A NAME="tex2html332"
+<B> Next:</B> <A NAME="tex2html331"
HREF="node6.html">5. Scripting</A>
-<B> Up:</B> <A NAME="tex2html326"
+<B> Up:</B> <A NAME="tex2html325"
HREF="ionconf.html">Configuring and extending Ion3</A>
-<B> Previous:</B> <A NAME="tex2html320"
+<B> Previous:</B> <A NAME="tex2html319"
HREF="node4.html">3. Basic configuration</A>
- <B> <A NAME="tex2html328"
+ <B> <A NAME="tex2html327"
HREF="node1.html">Contents</A></B>
- <B> <A NAME="tex2html330"
+ <B> <A NAME="tex2html329"
HREF="node11.html">Index</A></B> </DIV>
<!--End of Navigation Panel-->
<BODY >
<DIV CLASS="navigation"><!--Navigation Panel-->
-<A NAME="tex2html363"
+<A NAME="tex2html362"
HREF="node7.html">
<IMG WIDTH="37" HEIGHT="24" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0" ALT="next" SRC="next.png"></A>
-<A NAME="tex2html357"
+<A NAME="tex2html356"
HREF="ionconf.html">
<IMG WIDTH="26" HEIGHT="24" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0" ALT="up" SRC="up.png"></A>
-<A NAME="tex2html351"
+<A NAME="tex2html350"
HREF="node5.html">
<IMG WIDTH="63" HEIGHT="24" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0" ALT="previous" SRC="prev.png"></A>
-<A NAME="tex2html359"
+<A NAME="tex2html358"
HREF="node1.html">
<IMG WIDTH="65" HEIGHT="24" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0" ALT="contents" SRC="contents.png"></A>
-<A NAME="tex2html361"
+<A NAME="tex2html360"
HREF="node11.html">
<IMG WIDTH="43" HEIGHT="24" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0" ALT="index" SRC="index.png"></A>
<BR>
-<B> Next:</B> <A NAME="tex2html364"
+<B> Next:</B> <A NAME="tex2html363"
HREF="node7.html">6. Function reference</A>
-<B> Up:</B> <A NAME="tex2html358"
+<B> Up:</B> <A NAME="tex2html357"
HREF="ionconf.html">Configuring and extending Ion3</A>
-<B> Previous:</B> <A NAME="tex2html352"
+<B> Previous:</B> <A NAME="tex2html351"
HREF="node5.html">4. Graphical styles</A>
- <B> <A NAME="tex2html360"
+ <B> <A NAME="tex2html359"
HREF="node1.html">Contents</A></B>
- <B> <A NAME="tex2html362"
+ <B> <A NAME="tex2html361"
HREF="node11.html">Index</A></B>
<BR>
<BR></DIV>
<A NAME="CHILD_LINKS"><STRONG>Subsections</STRONG></A>
<UL CLASS="ChildLinks">
-<LI><A NAME="tex2html365"
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html364"
HREF="node6.html#SECTION00610000000000000000"><SPAN CLASS="arabic">5</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">1</SPAN> Hooks</A>
-<LI><A NAME="tex2html366"
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html365"
HREF="node6.html#SECTION00620000000000000000"><SPAN CLASS="arabic">5</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">2</SPAN> Referring to regions</A>
<UL>
-<LI><A NAME="tex2html367"
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html366"
HREF="node6.html#SECTION00621000000000000000"><SPAN CLASS="arabic">5</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">2</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">1</SPAN> Direct object references</A>
-<LI><A NAME="tex2html368"
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html367"
HREF="node6.html#SECTION00622000000000000000"><SPAN CLASS="arabic">5</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">2</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">2</SPAN> Name-based lookups</A>
</UL>
<BR>
-<LI><A NAME="tex2html369"
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html368"
HREF="node6.html#SECTION00630000000000000000"><SPAN CLASS="arabic">5</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">3</SPAN> Alternative winprop selection criteria</A>
-<LI><A NAME="tex2html370"
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html369"
HREF="node6.html#SECTION00640000000000000000"><SPAN CLASS="arabic">5</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">4</SPAN> Writing <TT>ion-statusd</TT> monitors</A>
</UL>
<!--End of Table of Child-Links-->
It is possible to write more complex winprop selection routines than
those described in section <A HREF="node4.html#sec:winprops">3.5</A>. To match a particular
winprop using whatever way you want to, just set the <TT>match</TT>
-field of the winprop to a function that receives the client window
-as its sole parameter, and that returns <TT>true</TT> if the winprop
-matches, and <TT>false</TT> otherwise.
+field of the winprop to a function that receives the as its parameters
+the triple <TT>(prop, cwin, id)</TT>, where <TT>prop</TT> is the table for
+the winprop itself, <TT>cwin</TT> is the client window object,
+and <TT>id</TT> is the <A HREF="node7.html#fn:WClientWin.get_ident"><TT>WClientWin.get_ident</TT></A> result.
+The function should return <TT>true</TT> if the winprop matches,
+and <TT>false</TT> otherwise. Note that the <TT>match</TT> function
+is only called after matching against class/role/instance.
<P>
-The class, instance and role properties can be obtained with
-<A HREF="node7.html#fn:WClientWin.get_ident"><TT>WClientWin.get_ident</TT></A>, and the title with <A HREF="node7.html#fn:WRegion.name"><TT>WRegion.name</TT></A>.
+The title of a client window can be obtained with <A HREF="node7.html#fn:WRegion.name"><TT>WRegion.name</TT></A>.
If you want to match against (almost) arbitrary window properties,
have a look at the documentation for the following functions, and
their standard Xlib counterparts: <A HREF="node7.html#fn:ioncore.x_intern_atom"><TT>ioncore.x_intern_atom</TT></A>
<DIV CLASS="navigation"><HR>
<!--Navigation Panel-->
-<A NAME="tex2html363"
+<A NAME="tex2html362"
HREF="node7.html">
<IMG WIDTH="37" HEIGHT="24" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0" ALT="next" SRC="next.png"></A>
-<A NAME="tex2html357"
+<A NAME="tex2html356"
HREF="ionconf.html">
<IMG WIDTH="26" HEIGHT="24" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0" ALT="up" SRC="up.png"></A>
-<A NAME="tex2html351"
+<A NAME="tex2html350"
HREF="node5.html">
<IMG WIDTH="63" HEIGHT="24" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0" ALT="previous" SRC="prev.png"></A>
-<A NAME="tex2html359"
+<A NAME="tex2html358"
HREF="node1.html">
<IMG WIDTH="65" HEIGHT="24" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0" ALT="contents" SRC="contents.png"></A>
-<A NAME="tex2html361"
+<A NAME="tex2html360"
HREF="node11.html">
<IMG WIDTH="43" HEIGHT="24" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0" ALT="index" SRC="index.png"></A>
<BR>
-<B> Next:</B> <A NAME="tex2html364"
+<B> Next:</B> <A NAME="tex2html363"
HREF="node7.html">6. Function reference</A>
-<B> Up:</B> <A NAME="tex2html358"
+<B> Up:</B> <A NAME="tex2html357"
HREF="ionconf.html">Configuring and extending Ion3</A>
-<B> Previous:</B> <A NAME="tex2html352"
+<B> Previous:</B> <A NAME="tex2html351"
HREF="node5.html">4. Graphical styles</A>
- <B> <A NAME="tex2html360"
+ <B> <A NAME="tex2html359"
HREF="node1.html">Contents</A></B>
- <B> <A NAME="tex2html362"
+ <B> <A NAME="tex2html361"
HREF="node11.html">Index</A></B> </DIV>
<!--End of Navigation Panel-->
<BODY >
<DIV CLASS="navigation"><!--Navigation Panel-->
-<A NAME="tex2html383"
+<A NAME="tex2html382"
HREF="node8.html">
<IMG WIDTH="37" HEIGHT="24" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0" ALT="next" SRC="next.png"></A>
-<A NAME="tex2html377"
+<A NAME="tex2html376"
HREF="ionconf.html">
<IMG WIDTH="26" HEIGHT="24" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0" ALT="up" SRC="up.png"></A>
-<A NAME="tex2html371"
+<A NAME="tex2html370"
HREF="node6.html">
<IMG WIDTH="63" HEIGHT="24" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0" ALT="previous" SRC="prev.png"></A>
-<A NAME="tex2html379"
+<A NAME="tex2html378"
HREF="node1.html">
<IMG WIDTH="65" HEIGHT="24" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0" ALT="contents" SRC="contents.png"></A>
-<A NAME="tex2html381"
+<A NAME="tex2html380"
HREF="node11.html">
<IMG WIDTH="43" HEIGHT="24" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0" ALT="index" SRC="index.png"></A>
<BR>
-<B> Next:</B> <A NAME="tex2html384"
- HREF="node8.html">A. The GNU General</A>
-<B> Up:</B> <A NAME="tex2html378"
+<B> Next:</B> <A NAME="tex2html383"
+ HREF="node8.html">A. GNU Free Documentation</A>
+<B> Up:</B> <A NAME="tex2html377"
HREF="ionconf.html">Configuring and extending Ion3</A>
-<B> Previous:</B> <A NAME="tex2html372"
+<B> Previous:</B> <A NAME="tex2html371"
HREF="node6.html">5. Scripting</A>
- <B> <A NAME="tex2html380"
+ <B> <A NAME="tex2html379"
HREF="node1.html">Contents</A></B>
- <B> <A NAME="tex2html382"
+ <B> <A NAME="tex2html381"
HREF="node11.html">Index</A></B>
<BR>
<BR></DIV>
<A NAME="CHILD_LINKS"><STRONG>Subsections</STRONG></A>
<UL CLASS="ChildLinks">
-<LI><A NAME="tex2html385"
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html384"
HREF="node7.html#SECTION00710000000000000000"><SPAN CLASS="arabic">6</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">1</SPAN> Functions defined in <SPAN CLASS="textit">ioncore</SPAN></A>
<UL>
-<LI><A NAME="tex2html386"
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html385"
HREF="node7.html#SECTION00711000000000000000"><SPAN CLASS="arabic">6</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">1</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">1</SPAN> WClientWin functions</A>
-<LI><A NAME="tex2html387"
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html386"
HREF="node7.html#SECTION00712000000000000000"><SPAN CLASS="arabic">6</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">1</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">2</SPAN> WFrame functions</A>
-<LI><A NAME="tex2html388"
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html387"
HREF="node7.html#SECTION00713000000000000000"><SPAN CLASS="arabic">6</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">1</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">3</SPAN> WGroup functions</A>
-<LI><A NAME="tex2html389"
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html388"
HREF="node7.html#SECTION00714000000000000000"><SPAN CLASS="arabic">6</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">1</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">4</SPAN> WGroupCW functions</A>
-<LI><A NAME="tex2html390"
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html389"
HREF="node7.html#SECTION00715000000000000000"><SPAN CLASS="arabic">6</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">1</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">5</SPAN> WGroupWS functions</A>
-<LI><A NAME="tex2html391"
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html390"
HREF="node7.html#SECTION00716000000000000000"><SPAN CLASS="arabic">6</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">1</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">6</SPAN> WHook functions</A>
-<LI><A NAME="tex2html392"
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html391"
HREF="node7.html#SECTION00717000000000000000"><SPAN CLASS="arabic">6</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">1</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">7</SPAN> WInfoWin functions</A>
-<LI><A NAME="tex2html393"
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html392"
HREF="node7.html#SECTION00718000000000000000"><SPAN CLASS="arabic">6</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">1</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">8</SPAN> WMPlex functions</A>
-<LI><A NAME="tex2html394"
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html393"
HREF="node7.html#SECTION00719000000000000000"><SPAN CLASS="arabic">6</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">1</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">9</SPAN> WMoveresMode functions</A>
-<LI><A NAME="tex2html395"
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html394"
HREF="node7.html#SECTION007110000000000000000"><SPAN CLASS="arabic">6</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">1</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">10</SPAN> WRegion functions</A>
-<LI><A NAME="tex2html396"
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html395"
HREF="node7.html#SECTION007111000000000000000"><SPAN CLASS="arabic">6</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">1</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">11</SPAN> WRootWin functions</A>
-<LI><A NAME="tex2html397"
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html396"
HREF="node7.html#SECTION007112000000000000000"><SPAN CLASS="arabic">6</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">1</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">12</SPAN> WScreen functions</A>
-<LI><A NAME="tex2html398"
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html397"
HREF="node7.html#SECTION007113000000000000000"><SPAN CLASS="arabic">6</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">1</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">13</SPAN> WTimer functions</A>
-<LI><A NAME="tex2html399"
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html398"
HREF="node7.html#SECTION007114000000000000000"><SPAN CLASS="arabic">6</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">1</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">14</SPAN> WWindow functions</A>
-<LI><A NAME="tex2html400"
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html399"
HREF="node7.html#SECTION007115000000000000000"><SPAN CLASS="arabic">6</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">1</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">15</SPAN> global functions</A>
-<LI><A NAME="tex2html401"
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html400"
HREF="node7.html#SECTION007116000000000000000"><SPAN CLASS="arabic">6</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">1</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">16</SPAN> gr functions</A>
-<LI><A NAME="tex2html402"
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html401"
HREF="node7.html#SECTION007117000000000000000"><SPAN CLASS="arabic">6</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">1</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">17</SPAN> string functions</A>
-<LI><A NAME="tex2html403"
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html402"
HREF="node7.html#SECTION007118000000000000000"><SPAN CLASS="arabic">6</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">1</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">18</SPAN> table functions</A>
</UL>
<BR>
-<LI><A NAME="tex2html404"
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html403"
HREF="node7.html#SECTION00720000000000000000"><SPAN CLASS="arabic">6</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">2</SPAN> Functions defined in <SPAN CLASS="textit">mod_tiling</SPAN></A>
<UL>
-<LI><A NAME="tex2html405"
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html404"
HREF="node7.html#SECTION00721000000000000000"><SPAN CLASS="arabic">6</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">2</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">1</SPAN> WSplit functions</A>
-<LI><A NAME="tex2html406"
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html405"
HREF="node7.html#SECTION00722000000000000000"><SPAN CLASS="arabic">6</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">2</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">2</SPAN> WSplitInner functions</A>
-<LI><A NAME="tex2html407"
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html406"
HREF="node7.html#SECTION00723000000000000000"><SPAN CLASS="arabic">6</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">2</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">3</SPAN> WSplitRegion functions</A>
-<LI><A NAME="tex2html408"
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html407"
HREF="node7.html#SECTION00724000000000000000"><SPAN CLASS="arabic">6</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">2</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">4</SPAN> WSplitSplit functions</A>
-<LI><A NAME="tex2html409"
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html408"
HREF="node7.html#SECTION00725000000000000000"><SPAN CLASS="arabic">6</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">2</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">5</SPAN> WTiling functions</A>
</UL>
<BR>
-<LI><A NAME="tex2html410"
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html409"
HREF="node7.html#SECTION00730000000000000000"><SPAN CLASS="arabic">6</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">3</SPAN> Functions defined in <SPAN CLASS="textit">mod_query</SPAN></A>
<UL>
-<LI><A NAME="tex2html411"
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html410"
HREF="node7.html#SECTION00731000000000000000"><SPAN CLASS="arabic">6</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">3</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">1</SPAN> WComplProxy functions</A>
-<LI><A NAME="tex2html412"
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html411"
HREF="node7.html#SECTION00732000000000000000"><SPAN CLASS="arabic">6</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">3</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">2</SPAN> WEdln functions</A>
-<LI><A NAME="tex2html413"
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html412"
HREF="node7.html#SECTION00733000000000000000"><SPAN CLASS="arabic">6</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">3</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">3</SPAN> WInput functions</A>
</UL>
<BR>
-<LI><A NAME="tex2html414"
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html413"
HREF="node7.html#SECTION00740000000000000000"><SPAN CLASS="arabic">6</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">4</SPAN> Functions defined in <SPAN CLASS="textit">mod_menu</SPAN></A>
<UL>
-<LI><A NAME="tex2html415"
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html414"
HREF="node7.html#SECTION00741000000000000000"><SPAN CLASS="arabic">6</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">4</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">1</SPAN> WMenu functions</A>
</UL>
<BR>
-<LI><A NAME="tex2html416"
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html415"
HREF="node7.html#SECTION00750000000000000000"><SPAN CLASS="arabic">6</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">5</SPAN> Functions defined in <SPAN CLASS="textit">mod_dock</SPAN></A>
<UL>
-<LI><A NAME="tex2html417"
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html416"
HREF="node7.html#SECTION00751000000000000000"><SPAN CLASS="arabic">6</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">5</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">1</SPAN> WDock functions</A>
</UL>
<BR>
-<LI><A NAME="tex2html418"
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html417"
HREF="node7.html#SECTION00760000000000000000"><SPAN CLASS="arabic">6</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">6</SPAN> Functions defined in <SPAN CLASS="textit">mod_sp</SPAN></A>
-<LI><A NAME="tex2html419"
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html418"
HREF="node7.html#SECTION00770000000000000000"><SPAN CLASS="arabic">6</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">7</SPAN> Functions defined in <SPAN CLASS="textit">mod_statusbar</SPAN></A>
<UL>
-<LI><A NAME="tex2html420"
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html419"
HREF="node7.html#SECTION00771000000000000000"><SPAN CLASS="arabic">6</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">7</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">1</SPAN> WStatusBar functions</A>
</UL>
<BR>
-<LI><A NAME="tex2html421"
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html420"
HREF="node7.html#SECTION00780000000000000000"><SPAN CLASS="arabic">6</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">8</SPAN> Functions defined in <SPAN CLASS="textit">de</SPAN></A>
-<LI><A NAME="tex2html422"
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html421"
HREF="node7.html#SECTION00790000000000000000"><SPAN CLASS="arabic">6</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">9</SPAN> Hooks</A>
-<LI><A NAME="tex2html423"
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html422"
HREF="node7.html#SECTION007100000000000000000"><SPAN CLASS="arabic">6</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">10</SPAN> Miscellaneous</A>
<UL>
-<LI><A NAME="tex2html424"
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html423"
HREF="node7.html#SECTION007101000000000000000"><SPAN CLASS="arabic">6</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">10</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">1</SPAN> Size policies</A>
</UL></UL>
<!--End of Table of Child-Links-->
</DD>
<DT><STRONG>Description:</STRONG></DT>
<DD>Iterate over activity list until <TT>iterfn</TT> returns <TT>false</TT>.
- The function itself returns <TT>true</TT> if it reaches the end of list
+ The function is called in protected mode.
+ This routine returns <TT>true</TT> if it reaches the end of list
without this happening.
</DD>
</DD>
<DT><STRONG>Description:</STRONG></DT>
<DD>Iterate over client windows until <TT>iterfn</TT> returns <TT>false</TT>.
- The function itself returns <TT>true</TT> if it reaches the end of list
+ The function is called in protected mode.
+ This routine returns <TT>true</TT> if it reaches the end of list
without this happening.
</DD>
</DD>
<DT><STRONG>Description:</STRONG></DT>
<DD>Iterate over focus history until <TT>iterfn</TT> returns <TT>false</TT>.
- The function itself returns <TT>true</TT> if it reaches the end of list
+ The function is called in protected mode.
+ This routine returns <TT>true</TT> if it reaches the end of list
without this happening.
</DD>
<DT><STRONG>Description:</STRONG></DT>
<DD>Iterate over all non-client window regions with (inherited) class
<TT>typenam</TT> until <TT>iterfn</TT> returns <TT>false</TT>.
- The function itself returns <TT>true</TT> if it reaches the end of list
+ The function is called in protected mode.
+ This routine returns <TT>true</TT> if it reaches the end of list
without this happening.
</DD>
<TR><TD ALIGN="LEFT"><TT>kbresize_maxacc</TT></TD>
<TD ALIGN="LEFT">(floating point) See below.</TD>
</TR>
+<TR><TD ALIGN="LEFT"><TT>edge_resistance</TT></TD>
+<TD ALIGN="LEFT">(integer) Resize edge resistance in pixels.</TD>
+</TR>
<TR><TD ALIGN="LEFT"><TT>framed_transients</TT></TD>
<TD ALIGN="LEFT">(boolean) Put transients in nested frames.</TD>
</TR>
</DD>
<DT><STRONG>Description:</STRONG></DT>
<DD>Iterate over tagged regions until <TT>iterfn</TT> returns <TT>false</TT>.
- The function itself returns <TT>true</TT> if it reaches the end of list
+ The function is called in protected mode.
+ This routine returns <TT>true</TT> if it reaches the end of list
without this happening.
</DD>
</DD>
<DT><STRONG>Description:</STRONG></DT>
-<DD>Set frame mode.
+<DD>Set frame mode (one of
+ `<TT>unknown</TT>', `<TT>tiled</TT>', `<TT>floating</TT>', `<TT>transient</TT>',
+ or any of these suffixed with `<TT>-alt</TT>').
</DD>
</DL>
<DT><STRONG>Description:</STRONG></DT>
<DD>Iterate over managed regions of <TT>ws</TT> until <TT>iterfn</TT> returns
<TT>false</TT>.
- The function itself returns <TT>true</TT> if it reaches the end of list
+ The function is called in protected mode.
+ This routine returns <TT>true</TT> if it reaches the end of list
without this happening.
</DD>
<DT><STRONG>Description:</STRONG></DT>
<DD>Iterate over managed regions of <TT>mplex</TT> until <TT>iterfn</TT> returns
<TT>false</TT>.
- The function itself returns <TT>true</TT> if it reaches the end of list
+ The function is called in protected mode.
+ This routine returns <TT>true</TT> if it reaches the end of list
without this happening.
</DD>
<DT><STRONG>Description:</STRONG></DT>
<DD>Iterate over numbered/mutually exclusive region list of <TT>mplex</TT>
until <TT>iterfn</TT> returns <TT>false</TT>.
- The function itself returns <TT>true</TT> if it reaches the end of list
+ The function is called in protected mode.
+ This routine returns <TT>true</TT> if it reaches the end of list
without this happening.
</DD>
<DD><A NAME="fn:WRegion.is_active"></A>
</DD>
<DT><STRONG>Synopsis:</STRONG></DT>
-<DD><TT>bool WRegion.is_active(WRegion reg)</TT>
+<DD><TT>bool WRegion.is_active(WRegion reg, bool pseudoact_ok)</TT>
</DD>
<DT><STRONG>Description:</STRONG></DT>
<DT><STRONG>Description:</STRONG></DT>
<DD>Iterate over managed regions of <TT>ws</TT> until <TT>iterfn</TT> returns
<TT>false</TT>.
- The function itself returns <TT>true</TT> if it reaches the end of list
+ The function is called in protected mode.
+ This routine returns <TT>true</TT> if it reaches the end of list
without this happening.
</DD>
<TD ALIGN="LEFT">(boolean) Turn some completions case-insensitive
(default: false).</TD>
</TR>
+<TR><TD ALIGN="LEFT"><TT>substrcompl</TT></TD>
+<TD ALIGN="LEFT">(boolean) Complete on sub-strings in some cases
+ (default: ftrue).</TD>
+</TR>
</TABLE>
</DD>
<P>
<DL>
-<DD><A NAME="8264"></A>
+<DD><A NAME="8278"></A>
</DD>
<DT><STRONG>Hook name:</STRONG></DT>
<P>
<DL>
-<DD><A NAME="8265"></A>
+<DD><A NAME="8279"></A>
</DD>
<DT><STRONG>Hook name:</STRONG></DT>
<P>
<DL>
-<DD><A NAME="8266"></A>
+<DD><A NAME="8280"></A>
</DD>
<DT><STRONG>Hook name:</STRONG></DT>
<P>
<DL>
-<DD><A NAME="8267"></A>
+<DD><A NAME="8281"></A>
</DD>
<DT><STRONG>Hook name:</STRONG></DT>
<P>
<DL>
-<DD><A NAME="8268"></A>
+<DD><A NAME="8282"></A>
</DD>
<DT><STRONG>Hook name:</STRONG></DT>
<P>
<DL>
-<DD><A NAME="8269"></A>
+<DD><A NAME="8283"></A>
</DD>
<DT><STRONG>Hook name:</STRONG></DT>
<P>
<DL>
-<DD><A NAME="8270"></A>
+<DD><A NAME="8284"></A>
</DD>
<DT><STRONG>Hook name:</STRONG></DT>
<P>
<DL>
-<DD><A NAME="8271"></A>
+<DD><A NAME="8285"></A>
</DD>
<DT><STRONG>Hook name:</STRONG></DT>
<P>
<DL>
-<DD><A NAME="8272"></A>
+<DD><A NAME="8286"></A>
</DD>
<DT><STRONG>Hook name:</STRONG></DT>
<P>
<DL>
-<DD><A NAME="8273"></A>
+<DD><A NAME="8287"></A>
</DD>
<DT><STRONG>Hook name:</STRONG></DT>
<P>
<DL>
-<DD><A NAME="8274"></A>
+<DD><A NAME="8288"></A>
</DD>
<DT><STRONG>Hook name:</STRONG></DT>
<P>
<DL>
-<DD><A NAME="8275"></A>
+<DD><A NAME="8289"></A>
</DD>
<DT><STRONG>Hook name:</STRONG></DT>
<P>
<DL>
-<DD><A NAME="8276"></A>
+<DD><A NAME="8290"></A>
</DD>
<DT><STRONG>Hook name:</STRONG></DT>
<P>
<DL>
-<DD><A NAME="8277"></A>
+<DD><A NAME="8291"></A>
</DD>
<DT><STRONG>Hook name:</STRONG></DT>
<DIV CLASS="navigation"><HR>
<!--Navigation Panel-->
-<A NAME="tex2html383"
+<A NAME="tex2html382"
HREF="node8.html">
<IMG WIDTH="37" HEIGHT="24" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0" ALT="next" SRC="next.png"></A>
-<A NAME="tex2html377"
+<A NAME="tex2html376"
HREF="ionconf.html">
<IMG WIDTH="26" HEIGHT="24" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0" ALT="up" SRC="up.png"></A>
-<A NAME="tex2html371"
+<A NAME="tex2html370"
HREF="node6.html">
<IMG WIDTH="63" HEIGHT="24" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0" ALT="previous" SRC="prev.png"></A>
-<A NAME="tex2html379"
+<A NAME="tex2html378"
HREF="node1.html">
<IMG WIDTH="65" HEIGHT="24" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0" ALT="contents" SRC="contents.png"></A>
-<A NAME="tex2html381"
+<A NAME="tex2html380"
HREF="node11.html">
<IMG WIDTH="43" HEIGHT="24" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0" ALT="index" SRC="index.png"></A>
<BR>
-<B> Next:</B> <A NAME="tex2html384"
- HREF="node8.html">A. The GNU General</A>
-<B> Up:</B> <A NAME="tex2html378"
+<B> Next:</B> <A NAME="tex2html383"
+ HREF="node8.html">A. GNU Free Documentation</A>
+<B> Up:</B> <A NAME="tex2html377"
HREF="ionconf.html">Configuring and extending Ion3</A>
-<B> Previous:</B> <A NAME="tex2html372"
+<B> Previous:</B> <A NAME="tex2html371"
HREF="node6.html">5. Scripting</A>
- <B> <A NAME="tex2html380"
+ <B> <A NAME="tex2html379"
HREF="node1.html">Contents</A></B>
- <B> <A NAME="tex2html382"
+ <B> <A NAME="tex2html381"
HREF="node11.html">Index</A></B> </DIV>
<!--End of Navigation Panel-->
Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
<HTML>
<HEAD>
-<TITLE>A. The GNU General Public License</TITLE>
-<META NAME="description" CONTENT="A. The GNU General Public License">
+<TITLE>A. GNU Free Documentation License</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="A. GNU Free Documentation License">
<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="ionconf">
<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
<BODY >
<DIV CLASS="navigation"><!--Navigation Panel-->
-<A NAME="tex2html437"
+<A NAME="tex2html436"
HREF="node9.html">
<IMG WIDTH="37" HEIGHT="24" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0" ALT="next" SRC="next.png"></A>
-<A NAME="tex2html431"
+<A NAME="tex2html430"
HREF="ionconf.html">
<IMG WIDTH="26" HEIGHT="24" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0" ALT="up" SRC="up.png"></A>
-<A NAME="tex2html425"
+<A NAME="tex2html424"
HREF="node7.html">
<IMG WIDTH="63" HEIGHT="24" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0" ALT="previous" SRC="prev.png"></A>
-<A NAME="tex2html433"
+<A NAME="tex2html432"
HREF="node1.html">
<IMG WIDTH="65" HEIGHT="24" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0" ALT="contents" SRC="contents.png"></A>
-<A NAME="tex2html435"
+<A NAME="tex2html434"
HREF="node11.html">
<IMG WIDTH="43" HEIGHT="24" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0" ALT="index" SRC="index.png"></A>
<BR>
-<B> Next:</B> <A NAME="tex2html438"
+<B> Next:</B> <A NAME="tex2html437"
HREF="node9.html">B. Full class hierarchy</A>
-<B> Up:</B> <A NAME="tex2html432"
+<B> Up:</B> <A NAME="tex2html431"
HREF="ionconf.html">Configuring and extending Ion3</A>
-<B> Previous:</B> <A NAME="tex2html426"
+<B> Previous:</B> <A NAME="tex2html425"
HREF="node7.html">6. Function reference</A>
- <B> <A NAME="tex2html434"
+ <B> <A NAME="tex2html433"
HREF="node1.html">Contents</A></B>
- <B> <A NAME="tex2html436"
+ <B> <A NAME="tex2html435"
HREF="node11.html">Index</A></B>
<BR>
<BR></DIV>
<!--End of Navigation Panel-->
-<!--Table of Child-Links-->
-<A NAME="CHILD_LINKS"><STRONG>Subsections</STRONG></A>
-
-<UL CLASS="ChildLinks">
-<LI><A NAME="tex2html439"
- HREF="node8.html#SECTION00810000000000000000">Appendix: How to Apply These Terms to Your New Programs</A>
-</UL>
-<!--End of Table of Child-Links-->
-<HR>
<H1><A NAME="SECTION00800000000000000000">
-A. The GNU General Public License</A>
+A. GNU Free Documentation License</A>
</H1>
<P>
<DIV ALIGN="CENTER">
</DIV>
<P>
-<DIV ALIGN="CENTER">Version 2, June 1991
+<DIV ALIGN="CENTER">Version 1.2, November 2002
</DIV>
<P>
-<DIV ALIGN="CENTER">Copyright © 1989, 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+<DIV ALIGN="CENTER">Copyright © 2000,2001,2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
</DIV>
<P>
<DIV ALIGN="CENTER"></DIV>
<BR>
<DIV ALIGN="CENTER"></DIV>
<P>
-<DIV ALIGN="CENTER">59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA
+<DIV ALIGN="CENTER">51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
</DIV>
<P>
<DIV ALIGN="CENTER"></DIV>
<DIV ALIGN="CENTER"></DIV>
<P>
<DIV ALIGN="CENTER">Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies
-of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.
-
+ of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.
</DIV>
</DIV>
<P>
-The licenses for most software are designed to take away your freedom to
-share and change it. By contrast, the GNU General Public License is
-intended to guarantee your freedom to share and change free software--to
-make sure the software is free for all its users. This General Public
-License applies to most of the Free Software Foundation's software and to
-any other program whose authors commit to using it. (Some other Free
-Software Foundation software is covered by the GNU Library General Public
-License instead.) You can apply it to your programs, too.
+The purpose of this License is to make a manual, textbook, or other
+functional and useful document ``free'' in the sense of freedom: to
+assure everyone the effective freedom to copy and redistribute it,
+with or without modifying it, either commercially or noncommercially.
+Secondarily, this License preserves for the author and publisher a way
+to get credit for their work, while not being considered responsible
+for modifications made by others.
<P>
-When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not price.
-Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you have the
-freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge for this service
-if you wish), that you receive source code or can get it if you want it,
-that you can change the software or use pieces of it in new free programs;
-and that you know you can do these things.
+This License is a kind of ``copyleft'', which means that derivative
+works of the document must themselves be free in the same sense. It
+complements the GNU General Public License, which is a copyleft
+license designed for free software.
<P>
-To protect your rights, we need to make restrictions that forbid anyone to
-deny you these rights or to ask you to surrender the rights. These
-restrictions translate to certain responsibilities for you if you
-distribute copies of the software, or if you modify it.
+We have designed this License in order to use it for manuals for free
+software, because free software needs free documentation: a free
+program should come with manuals providing the same freedoms that the
+software does. But this License is not limited to software manuals;
+it can be used for any textual work, regardless of subject matter or
+whether it is published as a printed book. We recommend this License
+principally for works whose purpose is instruction or reference.
<P>
-For example, if you distribute copies of such a program, whether gratis or
-for a fee, you must give the recipients all the rights that you have. You
-must make sure that they, too, receive or can get the source code. And
-you must show them these terms so they know their rights.
+<DIV ALIGN="CENTER">
+<BIG CLASS="LARGE"><B>1. APPLICABILITY AND DEFINITIONS</B></BIG></DIV>
+<P>
+<DIV ALIGN="CENTER">
+
+</DIV>
<P>
-We protect your rights with two steps: (1) copyright the software, and (2)
-offer you this license which gives you legal permission to copy,
-distribute and/or modify the software.
+This License applies to any manual or other work, in any medium, that
+contains a notice placed by the copyright holder saying it can be
+distributed under the terms of this License. Such a notice grants a
+world-wide, royalty-free license, unlimited in duration, to use that
+work under the conditions stated herein. The ``<SPAN CLASS="textbf">Document</SPAN>'', below,
+refers to any such manual or work. Any member of the public is a
+licensee, and is addressed as ``<SPAN CLASS="textbf">you</SPAN>''. You accept the license if you
+copy, modify or distribute the work in a way requiring permission
+under copyright law.
+
+<P>
+A ``<SPAN CLASS="textbf">Modified Version</SPAN>'' of the Document means any work containing the
+Document or a portion of it, either copied verbatim, or with
+modifications and/or translated into another language.
+
+<P>
+A ``<SPAN CLASS="textbf">Secondary Section</SPAN>'' is a named appendix or a front-matter section of
+the Document that deals exclusively with the relationship of the
+publishers or authors of the Document to the Document's overall subject
+(or to related matters) and contains nothing that could fall directly
+within that overall subject. (Thus, if the Document is in part a
+textbook of mathematics, a Secondary Section may not explain any
+mathematics.) The relationship could be a matter of historical
+connection with the subject or with related matters, or of legal,
+commercial, philosophical, ethical or political position regarding
+them.
+
+<P>
+The ``<SPAN CLASS="textbf">Invariant Sections</SPAN>'' are certain Secondary Sections whose titles
+are designated, as being those of Invariant Sections, in the notice
+that says that the Document is released under this License. If a
+section does not fit the above definition of Secondary then it is not
+allowed to be designated as Invariant. The Document may contain zero
+Invariant Sections. If the Document does not identify any Invariant
+Sections then there are none.
+
+<P>
+The ``<SPAN CLASS="textbf">Cover Texts</SPAN>'' are certain short passages of text that are listed,
+as Front-Cover Texts or Back-Cover Texts, in the notice that says that
+the Document is released under this License. A Front-Cover Text may
+be at most 5 words, and a Back-Cover Text may be at most 25 words.
+
+<P>
+A ``<SPAN CLASS="textbf">Transparent</SPAN>'' copy of the Document means a machine-readable copy,
+represented in a format whose specification is available to the
+general public, that is suitable for revising the document
+straightforwardly with generic text editors or (for images composed of
+pixels) generic paint programs or (for drawings) some widely available
+drawing editor, and that is suitable for input to text formatters or
+for automatic translation to a variety of formats suitable for input
+to text formatters. A copy made in an otherwise Transparent file
+format whose markup, or absence of markup, has been arranged to thwart
+or discourage subsequent modification by readers is not Transparent.
+An image format is not Transparent if used for any substantial amount
+of text. A copy that is not ``Transparent'' is called ``<SPAN CLASS="textbf">Opaque</SPAN>''.
+
+<P>
+Examples of suitable formats for Transparent copies include plain
+ASCII without markup, Texinfo input format, LaTeX input format, SGML
+or XML using a publicly available DTD, and standard-conforming simple
+HTML, PostScript or PDF designed for human modification. Examples of
+transparent image formats include PNG, XCF and JPG. Opaque formats
+include proprietary formats that can be read and edited only by
+proprietary word processors, SGML or XML for which the DTD and/or
+processing tools are not generally available, and the
+machine-generated HTML, PostScript or PDF produced by some word
+processors for output purposes only.
+
+<P>
+The ``<SPAN CLASS="textbf">Title Page</SPAN>'' means, for a printed book, the title page itself,
+plus such following pages as are needed to hold, legibly, the material
+this License requires to appear in the title page. For works in
+formats which do not have any title page as such, ``Title Page'' means
+the text near the most prominent appearance of the work's title,
+preceding the beginning of the body of the text.
+
+<P>
+A section ``<SPAN CLASS="textbf">Entitled XYZ</SPAN>'' means a named subunit of the Document whose
+title either is precisely XYZ or contains XYZ in parentheses following
+text that translates XYZ in another language. (Here XYZ stands for a
+specific section name mentioned below, such as ``<SPAN CLASS="textbf">Acknowledgements</SPAN>'',
+``<SPAN CLASS="textbf">Dedications</SPAN>'', ``<SPAN CLASS="textbf">Endorsements</SPAN>'', or ``<SPAN CLASS="textbf">History</SPAN>''.)
+To ``<SPAN CLASS="textbf">Preserve the Title</SPAN>''
+of such a section when you modify the Document means that it remains a
+section ``Entitled XYZ'' according to this definition.
+
+<P>
+The Document may include Warranty Disclaimers next to the notice which
+states that this License applies to the Document. These Warranty
+Disclaimers are considered to be included by reference in this
+License, but only as regards disclaiming warranties: any other
+implication that these Warranty Disclaimers may have is void and has
+no effect on the meaning of this License.
<P>
-Also, for each author's protection and ours, we want to make certain that
-everyone understands that there is no warranty for this free software. If
-the software is modified by someone else and passed on, we want its
-recipients to know that what they have is not the original, so that any
-problems introduced by others will not reflect on the original authors'
-reputations.
+<DIV ALIGN="CENTER">
+<BIG CLASS="LARGE"><B>2. VERBATIM COPYING</B></BIG></DIV>
+<P>
+<DIV ALIGN="CENTER">
+
+</DIV>
<P>
-Finally, any free program is threatened constantly by software patents.
-We wish to avoid the danger that redistributors of a free program will
-individually obtain patent licenses, in effect making the program
-proprietary. To prevent this, we have made it clear that any patent must
-be licensed for everyone's free use or not licensed at all.
+You may copy and distribute the Document in any medium, either
+commercially or noncommercially, provided that this License, the
+copyright notices, and the license notice saying this License applies
+to the Document are reproduced in all copies, and that you add no other
+conditions whatsoever to those of this License. You may not use
+technical measures to obstruct or control the reading or further
+copying of the copies you make or distribute. However, you may accept
+compensation in exchange for copies. If you distribute a large enough
+number of copies you must also follow the conditions in section 3.
<P>
-The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and
-modification follow.
+You may also lend copies, under the same conditions stated above, and
+you may publicly display copies.
<P>
<DIV ALIGN="CENTER">
-<BIG CLASS="XLARGE">T<SMALL>ERMS AND </SMALL>C<SMALL>ONDITIONS </SMALL>F<SMALL>OR </SMALL>C<SMALL>OPYING, </SMALL>D<SMALL>ISTRIBUTION AND
- </SMALL>M<SMALL>ODIFICATION</SMALL></BIG>
+<BIG CLASS="LARGE"><B>3. COPYING IN QUANTITY</B></BIG></DIV>
+<P>
+<DIV ALIGN="CENTER">
</DIV>
<P>
+If you publish printed copies (or copies in media that commonly have
+printed covers) of the Document, numbering more than 100, and the
+Document's license notice requires Cover Texts, you must enclose the
+copies in covers that carry, clearly and legibly, all these Cover
+Texts: Front-Cover Texts on the front cover, and Back-Cover Texts on
+the back cover. Both covers must also clearly and legibly identify
+you as the publisher of these copies. The front cover must present
+the full title with all words of the title equally prominent and
+visible. You may add other material on the covers in addition.
+Copying with changes limited to the covers, as long as they preserve
+the title of the Document and satisfy these conditions, can be treated
+as verbatim copying in other respects.
-<OL>
-<LI><P>
-This License applies to any program or other work which contains a notice
-placed by the copyright holder saying it may be distributed under the
-terms of this General Public License. The ``Program'', below, refers to
-any such program or work, and a ``work based on the Program'' means either
-the Program or any derivative work under copyright law: that is to say, a
-work containing the Program or a portion of it, either verbatim or with
-modifications and/or translated into another language. (Hereinafter,
-translation is included without limitation in the term ``modification''.)
-Each licensee is addressed as ``you''.
+<P>
+If the required texts for either cover are too voluminous to fit
+legibly, you should put the first ones listed (as many as fit
+reasonably) on the actual cover, and continue the rest onto adjacent
+pages.
+
+<P>
+If you publish or distribute Opaque copies of the Document numbering
+more than 100, you must either include a machine-readable Transparent
+copy along with each Opaque copy, or state in or with each Opaque copy
+a computer-network location from which the general network-using
+public has access to download using public-standard network protocols
+a complete Transparent copy of the Document, free of added material.
+If you use the latter option, you must take reasonably prudent steps,
+when you begin distribution of Opaque copies in quantity, to ensure
+that this Transparent copy will remain thus accessible at the stated
+location until at least one year after the last time you distribute an
+Opaque copy (directly or through your agents or retailers) of that
+edition to the public.
<P>
-Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not
-covered by this License; they are outside its scope. The act of
-running the Program is not restricted, and the output from the Program
-is covered only if its contents constitute a work based on the
-Program (independent of having been made by running the Program).
-Whether that is true depends on what the Program does.
+It is requested, but not required, that you contact the authors of the
+Document well before redistributing any large number of copies, to give
+them a chance to provide you with an updated version of the Document.
<P>
-</LI>
-<LI>You may copy and distribute verbatim copies of the Program's source
- code as you receive it, in any medium, provided that you conspicuously
- and appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate copyright notice
- and disclaimer of warranty; keep intact all the notices that refer to
- this License and to the absence of any warranty; and give any other
- recipients of the Program a copy of this License along with the Program.
+<DIV ALIGN="CENTER">
+<BIG CLASS="LARGE"><B>4. MODIFICATIONS</B></BIG></DIV>
+<P>
+<DIV ALIGN="CENTER">
+
+</DIV>
<P>
-You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy, and you
-may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee.
+You may copy and distribute a Modified Version of the Document under
+the conditions of sections 2 and 3 above, provided that you release
+the Modified Version under precisely this License, with the Modified
+Version filling the role of the Document, thus licensing distribution
+and modification of the Modified Version to whoever possesses a copy
+of it. In addition, you must do these things in the Modified Version:
<P>
-</LI>
-<LI><P>
-You may modify your copy or copies of the Program or any portion
-of it, thus forming a work based on the Program, and copy and
-distribute such modifications or work under the terms of Section 1
-above, provided that you also meet all of these conditions:
+<DL COMPACT>
+<DT>A.</DT>
+<DD>Use in the Title Page (and on the covers, if any) a title distinct
+ from that of the Document, and from those of previous versions
+ (which should, if there were any, be listed in the History section
+ of the Document). You may use the same title as a previous version
+ if the original publisher of that version gives permission.
<P>
+</DD>
+<DT>B.</DT>
+<DD>List on the Title Page, as authors, one or more persons or entities
+ responsible for authorship of the modifications in the Modified
+ Version, together with at least five of the principal authors of the
+ Document (all of its principal authors, if it has fewer than five),
+ unless they release you from this requirement.
-<OL>
-<LI><P>
-You must cause the modified files to carry prominent notices stating that
-you changed the files and the date of any change.
+<P>
+</DD>
+<DT>C.</DT>
+<DD>State on the Title page the name of the publisher of the
+ Modified Version, as the publisher.
<P>
-</LI>
-<LI><P>
-You must cause any work that you distribute or publish, that in
-whole or in part contains or is derived from the Program or any
-part thereof, to be licensed as a whole at no charge to all third
-parties under the terms of this License.
+</DD>
+<DT>D.</DT>
+<DD>Preserve all the copyright notices of the Document.
<P>
-</LI>
-<LI>If the modified program normally reads commands interactively
-when run, you must cause it, when started running for such
-interactive use in the most ordinary way, to print or display an
-announcement including an appropriate copyright notice and a
-notice that there is no warranty (or else, saying that you provide
-a warranty) and that users may redistribute the program under
-these conditions, and telling the user how to view a copy of this
-License. (Exception: if the Program itself is interactive but
-does not normally print such an announcement, your work based on
-the Program is not required to print an announcement.)
+</DD>
+<DT>E.</DT>
+<DD>Add an appropriate copyright notice for your modifications
+ adjacent to the other copyright notices.
<P>
-</LI>
-</OL>
+</DD>
+<DT>F.</DT>
+<DD>Include, immediately after the copyright notices, a license notice
+ giving the public permission to use the Modified Version under the
+ terms of this License, in the form shown in the Addendum below.
<P>
-These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole. If
-identifiable sections of that work are not derived from the Program,
-and can be reasonably considered independent and separate works in
-themselves, then this License, and its terms, do not apply to those
-sections when you distribute them as separate works. But when you
-distribute the same sections as part of a whole which is a work based
-on the Program, the distribution of the whole must be on the terms of
-this License, whose permissions for other licensees extend to the
-entire whole, and thus to each and every part regardless of who wrote it.
+</DD>
+<DT>G.</DT>
+<DD>Preserve in that license notice the full lists of Invariant Sections
+ and required Cover Texts given in the Document's license notice.
<P>
-Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest
-your rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to
-exercise the right to control the distribution of derivative or
-collective works based on the Program.
+</DD>
+<DT>H.</DT>
+<DD>Include an unaltered copy of this License.
<P>
-In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Program
-with the Program (or with a work based on the Program) on a volume of
-a storage or distribution medium does not bring the other work under
-the scope of this License.
+</DD>
+<DT>I.</DT>
+<DD>Preserve the section Entitled ``History'', Preserve its Title, and add
+ to it an item stating at least the title, year, new authors, and
+ publisher of the Modified Version as given on the Title Page. If
+ there is no section Entitled ``History'' in the Document, create one
+ stating the title, year, authors, and publisher of the Document as
+ given on its Title Page, then add an item describing the Modified
+ Version as stated in the previous sentence.
<P>
-</LI>
-<LI>You may copy and distribute the Program (or a work based on it,
-under Section 2) in object code or executable form under the terms of
-Sections 1 and 2 above provided that you also do one of the following:
+</DD>
+<DT>J.</DT>
+<DD>Preserve the network location, if any, given in the Document for
+ public access to a Transparent copy of the Document, and likewise
+ the network locations given in the Document for previous versions
+ it was based on. These may be placed in the ``History'' section.
+ You may omit a network location for a work that was published at
+ least four years before the Document itself, or if the original
+ publisher of the version it refers to gives permission.
<P>
+</DD>
+<DT>K.</DT>
+<DD>For any section Entitled ``Acknowledgements'' or ``Dedications'',
+ Preserve the Title of the section, and preserve in the section all
+ the substance and tone of each of the contributor acknowledgements
+ and/or dedications given therein.
-<OL>
-<LI><P>
-Accompany it with the complete corresponding machine-readable
-source code, which must be distributed under the terms of Sections
-1 and 2 above on a medium customarily used for software interchange; or,
+<P>
+</DD>
+<DT>L.</DT>
+<DD>Preserve all the Invariant Sections of the Document,
+ unaltered in their text and in their titles. Section numbers
+ or the equivalent are not considered part of the section titles.
<P>
-</LI>
-<LI><P>
-Accompany it with a written offer, valid for at least three
-years, to give any third party, for a charge no more than your
-cost of physically performing source distribution, a complete
-machine-readable copy of the corresponding source code, to be
-distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a medium
-customarily used for software interchange; or,
+</DD>
+<DT>M.</DT>
+<DD>Delete any section Entitled ``Endorsements''. Such a section
+ may not be included in the Modified Version.
<P>
-</LI>
-<LI><P>
-Accompany it with the information you received as to the offer
-to distribute corresponding source code. (This alternative is
-allowed only for noncommercial distribution and only if you
-received the program in object code or executable form with such
-an offer, in accord with Subsection b above.)
+</DD>
+<DT>N.</DT>
+<DD>Do not retitle any existing section to be Entitled ``Endorsements''
+ or to conflict in title with any Invariant Section.
<P>
-</LI>
-</OL>
+</DD>
+<DT>O.</DT>
+<DD>Preserve any Warranty Disclaimers.
+</DD>
+</DL>
<P>
-The source code for a work means the preferred form of the work for
-making modifications to it. For an executable work, complete source
-code means all the source code for all modules it contains, plus any
-associated interface definition files, plus the scripts used to
-control compilation and installation of the executable. However, as a
-special exception, the source code distributed need not include
-anything that is normally distributed (in either source or binary
-form) with the major components (compiler, kernel, and so on) of the
-operating system on which the executable runs, unless that component
-itself accompanies the executable.
+If the Modified Version includes new front-matter sections or
+appendices that qualify as Secondary Sections and contain no material
+copied from the Document, you may at your option designate some or all
+of these sections as invariant. To do this, add their titles to the
+list of Invariant Sections in the Modified Version's license notice.
+These titles must be distinct from any other section titles.
<P>
-If distribution of executable or object code is made by offering
-access to copy from a designated place, then offering equivalent
-access to copy the source code from the same place counts as
-distribution of the source code, even though third parties are not
-compelled to copy the source along with the object code.
+You may add a section Entitled ``Endorsements'', provided it contains
+nothing but endorsements of your Modified Version by various
+parties-for example, statements of peer review or that the text has
+been approved by an organization as the authoritative definition of a
+standard.
<P>
-</LI>
-<LI>You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Program
-except as expressly provided under this License. Any attempt
-otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Program is
-void, and will automatically terminate your rights under this License.
-However, parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under
-this License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such
-parties remain in full compliance.
+You may add a passage of up to five words as a Front-Cover Text, and a
+passage of up to 25 words as a Back-Cover Text, to the end of the list
+of Cover Texts in the Modified Version. Only one passage of
+Front-Cover Text and one of Back-Cover Text may be added by (or
+through arrangements made by) any one entity. If the Document already
+includes a cover text for the same cover, previously added by you or
+by arrangement made by the same entity you are acting on behalf of,
+you may not add another; but you may replace the old one, on explicit
+permission from the previous publisher that added the old one.
<P>
-</LI>
-<LI>You are not required to accept this License, since you have not
-signed it. However, nothing else grants you permission to modify or
-distribute the Program or its derivative works. These actions are
-prohibited by law if you do not accept this License. Therefore, by
-modifying or distributing the Program (or any work based on the
-Program), you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so, and
-all its terms and conditions for copying, distributing or modifying
-the Program or works based on it.
-
-<P>
-</LI>
-<LI>Each time you redistribute the Program (or any work based on the
-Program), the recipient automatically receives a license from the
-original licensor to copy, distribute or modify the Program subject to
-these terms and conditions. You may not impose any further
-restrictions on the recipients' exercise of the rights granted herein.
-You are not responsible for enforcing compliance by third parties to
-this License.
-
-<P>
-</LI>
-<LI>If, as a consequence of a court judgment or allegation of patent
-infringement or for any other reason (not limited to patent issues),
-conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or
-otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not
-excuse you from the conditions of this License. If you cannot
-distribute so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this
-License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you
-may not distribute the Program at all. For example, if a patent
-license would not permit royalty-free redistribution of the Program by
-all those who receive copies directly or indirectly through you, then
-the only way you could satisfy both it and this License would be to
-refrain entirely from distribution of the Program.
-
-<P>
-If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under
-any particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to
-apply and the section as a whole is intended to apply in other
-circumstances.
-
-<P>
-It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any
-patents or other property right claims or to contest validity of any
-such claims; this section has the sole purpose of protecting the
-integrity of the free software distribution system, which is
-implemented by public license practices. Many people have made
-generous contributions to the wide range of software distributed
-through that system in reliance on consistent application of that
-system; it is up to the author/donor to decide if he or she is willing
-to distribute software through any other system and a licensee cannot
-impose that choice.
-
-<P>
-This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to
-be a consequence of the rest of this License.
-
-<P>
-</LI>
-<LI>If the distribution and/or use of the Program is restricted in
-certain countries either by patents or by copyrighted interfaces, the
-original copyright holder who places the Program under this License
-may add an explicit geographical distribution limitation excluding
-those countries, so that distribution is permitted only in or among
-countries not thus excluded. In such case, this License incorporates
-the limitation as if written in the body of this License.
-
-<P>
-</LI>
-<LI>The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions
-of the General Public License from time to time. Such new versions will
-be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to
-address new problems or concerns.
-
-<P>
-Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the Program
-specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and ``any
-later version'', you have the option of following the terms and conditions
-either of that version or of any later version published by the Free
-Software Foundation. If the Program does not specify a version number of
-this License, you may choose any version ever published by the Free Software
-Foundation.
-
-<P>
-</LI>
-<LI>If you wish to incorporate parts of the Program into other free
-programs whose distribution conditions are different, write to the author
-to ask for permission. For software which is copyrighted by the Free
-Software Foundation, write to the Free Software Foundation; we sometimes
-make exceptions for this. Our decision will be guided by the two goals
-of preserving the free status of all derivatives of our free software and
-of promoting the sharing and reuse of software generally.
+The author(s) and publisher(s) of the Document do not by this License
+give permission to use their names for publicity for or to assert or
+imply endorsement of any Modified Version.
<P>
<DIV ALIGN="CENTER">
-<BIG CLASS="XLARGE">
-N<SMALL>O </SMALL>W<SMALL>ARRANTY
-</SMALL></BIG>
+<BIG CLASS="LARGE"><B>5. COMBINING DOCUMENTS</B></BIG></DIV>
+<P>
+<DIV ALIGN="CENTER">
</DIV>
<P>
-</LI>
-<LI>B<SMALL>ECAUSE THE PROGRAM IS LICENSED FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO WARRANTY
-FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW. </SMALL>E<SMALL>XCEPT WHEN
-OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND/OR OTHER PARTIES
-PROVIDE THE PROGRAM ``AS IS'' WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED
-OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
-MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. </SMALL>T<SMALL>HE ENTIRE RISK AS
-TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM IS WITH YOU. </SMALL>S<SMALL>HOULD THE
-PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING,
-REPAIR OR CORRECTION.</SMALL>
+You may combine the Document with other documents released under this
+License, under the terms defined in section 4 above for modified
+versions, provided that you include in the combination all of the
+Invariant Sections of all of the original documents, unmodified, and
+list them all as Invariant Sections of your combined work in its
+license notice, and that you preserve all their Warranty Disclaimers.
<P>
-</LI>
-<LI>I<SMALL>N NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING
-WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY AND/OR
-REDISTRIBUTE THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES,
-INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING
-OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE PROGRAM (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED
-TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY
-YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER
-PROGRAMS), EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE
-POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES.</SMALL>
+The combined work need only contain one copy of this License, and
+multiple identical Invariant Sections may be replaced with a single
+copy. If there are multiple Invariant Sections with the same name but
+different contents, make the title of each such section unique by
+adding at the end of it, in parentheses, the name of the original
+author or publisher of that section if known, or else a unique number.
+Make the same adjustment to the section titles in the list of
+Invariant Sections in the license notice of the combined work.
<P>
-</LI>
-</OL>
+In the combination, you must combine any sections Entitled ``History''
+in the various original documents, forming one section Entitled
+``History''; likewise combine any sections Entitled ``Acknowledgements'',
+and any sections Entitled ``Dedications''. You must delete all sections
+Entitled ``Endorsements''.
<P>
<DIV ALIGN="CENTER">
-<BIG CLASS="XLARGE">E<SMALL>ND OF </SMALL>T<SMALL>ERMS AND </SMALL>C<SMALL>ONDITIONS</SMALL></BIG>
+<BIG CLASS="LARGE"><B>6. COLLECTIONS OF DOCUMENTS</B></BIG></DIV>
+<P>
+<DIV ALIGN="CENTER">
</DIV>
<P>
+You may make a collection consisting of the Document and other documents
+released under this License, and replace the individual copies of this
+License in the various documents with a single copy that is included in
+the collection, provided that you follow the rules of this License for
+verbatim copying of each of the documents in all other respects.
+
+<P>
+You may extract a single document from such a collection, and distribute
+it individually under this License, provided you insert a copy of this
+License into the extracted document, and follow this License in all
+other respects regarding verbatim copying of that document.
<P>
+<DIV ALIGN="CENTER">
+<BIG CLASS="LARGE"><B>7. AGGREGATION WITH INDEPENDENT WORKS</B></BIG></DIV>
+<P>
+<DIV ALIGN="CENTER">
-<H2><A NAME="SECTION00810000000000000000">
-Appendix: How to Apply These Terms to Your New Programs</A>
-</H2>
+</DIV>
<P>
-If you develop a new program, and you want it to be of the greatest
-possible use to the public, the best way to achieve this is to make it
-free software which everyone can redistribute and change under these
-terms.
+A compilation of the Document or its derivatives with other separate
+and independent documents or works, in or on a volume of a storage or
+distribution medium, is called an ``aggregate'' if the copyright
+resulting from the compilation is not used to limit the legal rights
+of the compilation's users beyond what the individual works permit.
+When the Document is included in an aggregate, this License does not
+apply to the other works in the aggregate which are not themselves
+derivative works of the Document.
<P>
-To do so, attach the following notices to the program. It is safest to
- attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively convey
- the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least the
- ``copyright'' line and a pointer to where the full notice is found.
+If the Cover Text requirement of section 3 is applicable to these
+copies of the Document, then if the Document is less than one half of
+the entire aggregate, the Document's Cover Texts may be placed on
+covers that bracket the Document within the aggregate, or the
+electronic equivalent of covers if the Document is in electronic form.
+Otherwise they must appear on printed covers that bracket the whole
+aggregate.
<P>
-<BLOCKQUOTE>
-one line to give the program's name and a brief idea of what it does.
-<BR>
-Copyright (C) yyyy name of author
-<BR></BLOCKQUOTE>
+<DIV ALIGN="CENTER">
+<BIG CLASS="LARGE"><B>8. TRANSLATION</B></BIG></DIV>
<P>
-<BLOCKQUOTE>This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
-(at your option) any later version.
-</BLOCKQUOTE>
+<DIV ALIGN="CENTER">
+
+</DIV>
+
<P>
-<BLOCKQUOTE>This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
-GNU General Public License for more details.
-</BLOCKQUOTE>
+Translation is considered a kind of modification, so you may
+distribute translations of the Document under the terms of section 4.
+Replacing Invariant Sections with translations requires special
+permission from their copyright holders, but you may include
+translations of some or all Invariant Sections in addition to the
+original versions of these Invariant Sections. You may include a
+translation of this License, and all the license notices in the
+Document, and any Warranty Disclaimers, provided that you also include
+the original English version of this License and the original versions
+of those notices and disclaimers. In case of a disagreement between
+the translation and the original version of this License or a notice
+or disclaimer, the original version will prevail.
+
<P>
-<BLOCKQUOTE>You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
+If a section in the Document is Entitled ``Acknowledgements'',
+``Dedications'', or ``History'', the requirement (section 4) to Preserve
+its Title (section 1) will typically require changing the actual
+title.
-</BLOCKQUOTE>
+<P>
+<DIV ALIGN="CENTER">
+<BIG CLASS="LARGE"><B>9. TERMINATION</B></BIG></DIV>
+<P>
+<DIV ALIGN="CENTER">
+
+</DIV>
<P>
-Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail.
+You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Document except
+as expressly provided for under this License. Any other attempt to
+copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Document is void, and will
+automatically terminate your rights under this License. However,
+parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under this
+License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such
+parties remain in full compliance.
<P>
-If the program is interactive, make it output a short notice like this
-when it starts in an interactive mode:
+<DIV ALIGN="CENTER">
+<BIG CLASS="LARGE"><B>10. FUTURE REVISIONS OF THIS LICENSE</B></BIG></DIV>
+<P>
+<DIV ALIGN="CENTER">
+
+</DIV>
<P>
-<BLOCKQUOTE>
-Gnomovision version 69, Copyright (C) yyyy name of author
-<BR>
-Gnomovision comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY; for details type `show w'.
-<BR>
-This is free software, and you are welcome to redistribute it
-under certain conditions; type `show c' for details.
+The Free Software Foundation may publish new, revised versions
+of the GNU Free Documentation License from time to time. Such new
+versions will be similar in spirit to the present version, but may
+differ in detail to address new problems or concerns. See
+http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/.
-</BLOCKQUOTE>
+<P>
+Each version of the License is given a distinguishing version number.
+If the Document specifies that a particular numbered version of this
+License ``or any later version'' applies to it, you have the option of
+following the terms and conditions either of that specified version or
+of any later version that has been published (not as a draft) by the
+Free Software Foundation. If the Document does not specify a version
+number of this License, you may choose any version ever published (not
+as a draft) by the Free Software Foundation.
<P>
-The hypothetical commands <TT>show w</TT> and <TT>show c</TT> should show the
-appropriate parts of the General Public License. Of course, the commands
-you use may be called something other than <TT>show w</TT> and <TT>show c</TT>;
-they could even be mouse-clicks or menu items--whatever suits your
-program.
+<DIV ALIGN="CENTER">
+<BIG CLASS="LARGE"><B>ADDENDUM: How to use this License for your documents</B></BIG></DIV>
+<P>
+<DIV ALIGN="CENTER">
+
+</DIV>
<P>
-You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or your
-school, if any, to sign a ``copyright disclaimer'' for the program, if
-necessary. Here is a sample; alter the names:
+To use this License in a document you have written, include a copy of
+the License in the document and put the following copyright and
+license notices just after the title page:
<P>
+
+<P><P>
+<BR>
<BLOCKQUOTE>
-Yoyodyne, Inc., hereby disclaims all copyright interest in the program
-<BR>`Gnomovision' (which makes passes at compilers) written by James Hacker.
-<BR></BLOCKQUOTE>
+Copyright © YEAR YOUR NAME.
+ Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
+ under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.2
+ or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
+ with no Invariant Sections, no Front-Cover Texts, and no Back-Cover Texts.
+ A copy of the license is included in the section entitled ``GNU
+ Free Documentation License''.
+
+</BLOCKQUOTE>
+
+<P><P>
+<BR>
+
<P>
-<BLOCKQUOTE>signature of Ty Coon, 1 April 1989
+If you have Invariant Sections, Front-Cover Texts and Back-Cover Texts,
+replace the ``with ... Texts.'' line with this:
+
+<P>
+
+<P><P>
<BR>
-Ty Coon, President of Vice
+<BLOCKQUOTE>
+with the Invariant Sections being LIST THEIR TITLES, with the
+ Front-Cover Texts being LIST, and with the Back-Cover Texts being LIST.
</BLOCKQUOTE>
+<P><P>
+<BR>
+
+<P>
+If you have Invariant Sections without Cover Texts, or some other
+combination of the three, merge those two alternatives to suit the
+situation.
+
<P>
-This General Public License does not permit incorporating your program
-into proprietary programs. If your program is a subroutine library, you
-may consider it more useful to permit linking proprietary applications
-with the library. If this is what you want to do, use the GNU Library
-General Public License instead of this License.
+If your document contains nontrivial examples of program code, we
+recommend releasing these examples in parallel under your choice of
+free software license, such as the GNU General Public License,
+to permit their use in free software.
<P>
<DIV CLASS="navigation"><HR>
<!--Navigation Panel-->
-<A NAME="tex2html437"
+<A NAME="tex2html436"
HREF="node9.html">
<IMG WIDTH="37" HEIGHT="24" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0" ALT="next" SRC="next.png"></A>
-<A NAME="tex2html431"
+<A NAME="tex2html430"
HREF="ionconf.html">
<IMG WIDTH="26" HEIGHT="24" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0" ALT="up" SRC="up.png"></A>
-<A NAME="tex2html425"
+<A NAME="tex2html424"
HREF="node7.html">
<IMG WIDTH="63" HEIGHT="24" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0" ALT="previous" SRC="prev.png"></A>
-<A NAME="tex2html433"
+<A NAME="tex2html432"
HREF="node1.html">
<IMG WIDTH="65" HEIGHT="24" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0" ALT="contents" SRC="contents.png"></A>
-<A NAME="tex2html435"
+<A NAME="tex2html434"
HREF="node11.html">
<IMG WIDTH="43" HEIGHT="24" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0" ALT="index" SRC="index.png"></A>
<BR>
-<B> Next:</B> <A NAME="tex2html438"
+<B> Next:</B> <A NAME="tex2html437"
HREF="node9.html">B. Full class hierarchy</A>
-<B> Up:</B> <A NAME="tex2html432"
+<B> Up:</B> <A NAME="tex2html431"
HREF="ionconf.html">Configuring and extending Ion3</A>
-<B> Previous:</B> <A NAME="tex2html426"
+<B> Previous:</B> <A NAME="tex2html425"
HREF="node7.html">6. Function reference</A>
- <B> <A NAME="tex2html434"
+ <B> <A NAME="tex2html433"
HREF="node1.html">Contents</A></B>
- <B> <A NAME="tex2html436"
+ <B> <A NAME="tex2html435"
HREF="node11.html">Index</A></B> </DIV>
<!--End of Navigation Panel-->
<BODY >
<DIV CLASS="navigation"><!--Navigation Panel-->
-<A NAME="tex2html452"
+<A NAME="tex2html450"
HREF="node10.html">
<IMG WIDTH="37" HEIGHT="24" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0" ALT="next" SRC="next.png"></A>
-<A NAME="tex2html446"
+<A NAME="tex2html444"
HREF="ionconf.html">
<IMG WIDTH="26" HEIGHT="24" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0" ALT="up" SRC="up.png"></A>
-<A NAME="tex2html440"
+<A NAME="tex2html438"
HREF="node8.html">
<IMG WIDTH="63" HEIGHT="24" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0" ALT="previous" SRC="prev.png"></A>
-<A NAME="tex2html448"
+<A NAME="tex2html446"
HREF="node1.html">
<IMG WIDTH="65" HEIGHT="24" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0" ALT="contents" SRC="contents.png"></A>
-<A NAME="tex2html450"
+<A NAME="tex2html448"
HREF="node11.html">
<IMG WIDTH="43" HEIGHT="24" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0" ALT="index" SRC="index.png"></A>
<BR>
-<B> Next:</B> <A NAME="tex2html453"
+<B> Next:</B> <A NAME="tex2html451"
HREF="node10.html">List of functions</A>
-<B> Up:</B> <A NAME="tex2html447"
+<B> Up:</B> <A NAME="tex2html445"
HREF="ionconf.html">Configuring and extending Ion3</A>
-<B> Previous:</B> <A NAME="tex2html441"
- HREF="node8.html">A. The GNU General</A>
- <B> <A NAME="tex2html449"
+<B> Previous:</B> <A NAME="tex2html439"
+ HREF="node8.html">A. GNU Free Documentation</A>
+ <B> <A NAME="tex2html447"
HREF="node1.html">Contents</A></B>
- <B> <A NAME="tex2html451"
+ <B> <A NAME="tex2html449"
HREF="node11.html">Index</A></B>
<BR>
<BR></DIV>
| |-->WWindow
| | |-->WMPlex
| | | |-->WFrame
- | | | |-->WScreen
- | | | |->WRootWin
+ | | | `-->WScreen
+ | | | `->WRootWin
| | |-->WInfoWin
- | | | |-->WStatusBar (mod_statusbar)
+ | | | `-->WStatusBar (mod_statusbar)
| | |-->WMenu (mod_menu)
- | | |-->WInput (mod_query)
+ | | `-->WInput (mod_query)
| | |-->WEdln (mod_query)
- | | |-->WMessage (mod_query)
+ | | `-->WMessage (mod_query)
| |-->WGroup
| | |-->WGroupWS
- | | |-->WGroupCW
- | |-->WTiling (mod_tiling)
- |-->WSplit (mod_tiling)
+ | | `-->WGroupCW
+ | `-->WTiling (mod_tiling)
+ `-->WSplit (mod_tiling)
|-->WSplitInner (mod_tiling)
- | |-->WSplitSplit (mod_tiling)
- | |-->WSplitFloat (mod_tiling)
- |-->WSplitRegion (mod_tiling)
- |-->WSplitST (mod_tiling)
+ | `-->WSplitSplit (mod_tiling)
+ | `-->WSplitFloat (mod_tiling)
+ `-->WSplitRegion (mod_tiling)
+ `-->WSplitST (mod_tiling)
</PRE>
<P>
\BOOKMARK [2][-]{subsection.5.2}{ Braces}{section.5}
\BOOKMARK [2][-]{subsection.5.3}{ Names}{section.5}
\BOOKMARK [2][-]{subsection.5.4}{ Miscellaneous}{section.5}
-\BOOKMARK [1][-]{section.A}{ The GNU General Public License}{}
-\BOOKMARK [1][-]{section*.4}{Index}{}
+\BOOKMARK [1][-]{section.A}{ GNU Free Documentation License}{}
+\BOOKMARK [1][-]{section*.14}{Index}{}
Ion: Notes for the module and patch writer\\
Copyright \copyright\ 2003--2004 Tuomo Valkonen.
-This document is free; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
-(at your option) any later version.
-
-This document is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
-section entitled ``GNU General Public License'' for more details.
+Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
+under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.2
+published by the Free Software Foundation;
+with no Invariant Sections, no Front-Cover Texts, and no Back-Cover Texts.
+A copy of the license is included in the section entitled ``GNU
+Free Documentation License''.
\bigskip
\appendix
-\input{gpl}
+\input{fdl}
\printindex
Copyright © 2003-2004 Tuomo Valkonen.
<P>
-This document is free; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
-(at your option) any later version.
-
-<P>
-This document is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
-section entitled ``GNU General Public License'' for more details.
+Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
+under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.2
+published by the Free Software Foundation;
+with no Invariant Sections, no Front-Cover Texts, and no Back-Cover Texts.
+A copy of the license is included in the section entitled ``GNU
+Free Documentation License''.
<P>
</UL>
<BR>
<LI><A NAME="tex2html34"
- HREF="node7.html">A. The GNU General Public License</A>
-<UL>
+ HREF="node7.html">A. GNU Free Documentation License</A>
<LI><A NAME="tex2html35"
- HREF="node7.html#SECTION00071000000000000000">Appendix: How to Apply These Terms to Your New Programs</A>
-</UL>
-<BR>
-<LI><A NAME="tex2html36"
HREF="node8.html">Index</A>
-<LI><A NAME="tex2html37"
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html36"
HREF="node9.html">About this document ...</A>
</UL>
<!--End of Table of Child-Links-->
/* document-specific styles come next */
DIV.navigation { }
DIV.center { }
-SPAN.sc { }
DIV.quote { }
PRE.preform { }
SPAN.textit { font-style: italic }
Copyright © 2003-2004 Tuomo Valkonen.
<P>
-This document is free; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
-(at your option) any later version.
-
-<P>
-This document is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
-section entitled ``GNU General Public License'' for more details.
+Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
+under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.2
+published by the Free Software Foundation;
+with no Invariant Sections, no Front-Cover Texts, and no Back-Cover Texts.
+A copy of the license is included in the section entitled ``GNU
+Free Documentation License''.
<P>
</UL>
<BR>
<LI><A NAME="tex2html34"
- HREF="node7.html">A. The GNU General Public License</A>
-<UL>
+ HREF="node7.html">A. GNU Free Documentation License</A>
<LI><A NAME="tex2html35"
- HREF="node7.html#SECTION00071000000000000000">Appendix: How to Apply These Terms to Your New Programs</A>
-</UL>
-<BR>
-<LI><A NAME="tex2html36"
HREF="node8.html">Index</A>
-<LI><A NAME="tex2html37"
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html36"
HREF="node9.html">About this document ...</A>
</UL>
<!--End of Table of Child-Links-->
<BODY >
<DIV CLASS="navigation"><!--Navigation Panel-->
-<A NAME="tex2html48"
+<A NAME="tex2html47"
HREF="node2.html">
<IMG WIDTH="37" HEIGHT="24" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0" ALT="next" SRC="next.png"></A>
-<A NAME="tex2html44"
+<A NAME="tex2html43"
HREF="ionnotes.html">
<IMG WIDTH="26" HEIGHT="24" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0" ALT="up" SRC="up.png"></A>
-<A NAME="tex2html38"
+<A NAME="tex2html37"
HREF="ionnotes.html">
<IMG WIDTH="63" HEIGHT="24" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0" ALT="previous" SRC="prev.png"></A>
-<A NAME="tex2html46"
+<A NAME="tex2html45"
HREF="node8.html">
<IMG WIDTH="43" HEIGHT="24" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0" ALT="index" SRC="index.png"></A>
<BR>
-<B> Next:</B> <A NAME="tex2html49"
+<B> Next:</B> <A NAME="tex2html48"
HREF="node2.html">1 Class and object</A>
-<B> Up:</B> <A NAME="tex2html45"
+<B> Up:</B> <A NAME="tex2html44"
HREF="ionnotes.html">Ion: Notes for the</A>
-<B> Previous:</B> <A NAME="tex2html39"
+<B> Previous:</B> <A NAME="tex2html38"
HREF="ionnotes.html">Ion: Notes for the</A>
- <B> <A NAME="tex2html47"
+ <B> <A NAME="tex2html46"
HREF="node8.html">Index</A></B>
<BR>
<BR></DIV>
<!--Table of Contents-->
<UL CLASS="TofC">
-<LI><A NAME="tex2html50"
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html49"
HREF="node2.html">1 Class and object hierarchies</A>
<UL>
-<LI><A NAME="tex2html51"
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html50"
HREF="node2.html#SECTION00021000000000000000">1.1 Class hierarchy</A>
-<LI><A NAME="tex2html52"
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html51"
HREF="node2.html#SECTION00022000000000000000">1.2 Object hierarchies: WRegion parents and managers</A>
-<LI><A NAME="tex2html53"
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html52"
HREF="node2.html#SECTION00023000000000000000">1.3 Summary</A>
</UL>
<BR>
-<LI><A NAME="tex2html54"
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html53"
HREF="node3.html">2 Object system implementation</A>
-<LI><A NAME="tex2html55"
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html54"
HREF="node4.html">3 The Lua interface</A>
<UL>
-<LI><A NAME="tex2html56"
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html55"
HREF="node4.html#SECTION00041000000000000000">3.1 Supported types</A>
-<LI><A NAME="tex2html57"
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html56"
HREF="node4.html#SECTION00042000000000000000">3.2 Exporting functions</A>
-<LI><A NAME="tex2html58"
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html57"
HREF="node4.html#SECTION00043000000000000000">3.3 Calling Lua functions and code</A>
-<LI><A NAME="tex2html59"
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html58"
HREF="node4.html#SECTION00044000000000000000">3.4 Miscellaneous notes</A>
</UL>
<BR>
-<LI><A NAME="tex2html60"
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html59"
HREF="node5.html">4 Miscellaneous design notes</A>
<UL>
-<LI><A NAME="tex2html61"
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html60"
HREF="node5.html#SECTION00051000000000000000">4.1 Destroying WObj:s</A>
-<LI><A NAME="tex2html62"
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html61"
HREF="node5.html#SECTION00052000000000000000">4.2 The types char* and const char* as function parameters and return values</A>
</UL>
<BR>
-<LI><A NAME="tex2html63"
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html62"
HREF="node6.html">5 C coding style</A>
<UL>
-<LI><A NAME="tex2html64"
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html63"
HREF="node6.html#SECTION00061000000000000000">5.1 Whitespace</A>
-<LI><A NAME="tex2html65"
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html64"
HREF="node6.html#SECTION00062000000000000000">5.2 Braces</A>
-<LI><A NAME="tex2html66"
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html65"
HREF="node6.html#SECTION00063000000000000000">5.3 Names</A>
-<LI><A NAME="tex2html67"
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html66"
HREF="node6.html#SECTION00064000000000000000">5.4 Miscellaneous</A>
</UL>
<BR>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html67"
+ HREF="node7.html">A. GNU Free Documentation License</A>
<LI><A NAME="tex2html68"
- HREF="node7.html">A. The GNU General Public License</A>
-<LI><A NAME="tex2html69"
HREF="node8.html">Index</A>
</UL>
<!--End of Table of Contents-->
<BODY >
<DIV CLASS="navigation"><!--Navigation Panel-->
-<A NAME="tex2html82"
+<A NAME="tex2html81"
HREF="node3.html">
<IMG WIDTH="37" HEIGHT="24" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0" ALT="next" SRC="next.png"></A>
-<A NAME="tex2html76"
+<A NAME="tex2html75"
HREF="ionnotes.html">
<IMG WIDTH="26" HEIGHT="24" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0" ALT="up" SRC="up.png"></A>
-<A NAME="tex2html70"
+<A NAME="tex2html69"
HREF="node1.html">
<IMG WIDTH="63" HEIGHT="24" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0" ALT="previous" SRC="prev.png"></A>
-<A NAME="tex2html78"
+<A NAME="tex2html77"
HREF="node1.html">
<IMG WIDTH="65" HEIGHT="24" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0" ALT="contents" SRC="contents.png"></A>
-<A NAME="tex2html80"
+<A NAME="tex2html79"
HREF="node8.html">
<IMG WIDTH="43" HEIGHT="24" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0" ALT="index" SRC="index.png"></A>
<BR>
-<B> Next:</B> <A NAME="tex2html83"
+<B> Next:</B> <A NAME="tex2html82"
HREF="node3.html">2 Object system implementation</A>
-<B> Up:</B> <A NAME="tex2html77"
+<B> Up:</B> <A NAME="tex2html76"
HREF="ionnotes.html">Ion: Notes for the</A>
-<B> Previous:</B> <A NAME="tex2html71"
+<B> Previous:</B> <A NAME="tex2html70"
HREF="node1.html">Contents</A>
- <B> <A NAME="tex2html79"
+ <B> <A NAME="tex2html78"
HREF="node1.html">Contents</A></B>
- <B> <A NAME="tex2html81"
+ <B> <A NAME="tex2html80"
HREF="node8.html">Index</A></B>
<BR>
<BR></DIV>
<A NAME="CHILD_LINKS"><STRONG>Subsections</STRONG></A>
<UL CLASS="ChildLinks">
-<LI><A NAME="tex2html84"
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html83"
HREF="node2.html#SECTION00021000000000000000"><SPAN CLASS="arabic">1</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">1</SPAN> Class hierarchy</A>
-<LI><A NAME="tex2html85"
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html84"
HREF="node2.html#SECTION00022000000000000000"><SPAN CLASS="arabic">1</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">2</SPAN> Object hierarchies: WRegion parents and managers</A>
<UL>
-<LI><A NAME="tex2html86"
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html85"
HREF="node2.html#SECTION00022100000000000000"><SPAN CLASS="arabic">1</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">2</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">1</SPAN> Parent-child relations</A>
-<LI><A NAME="tex2html87"
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html86"
HREF="node2.html#SECTION00022200000000000000"><SPAN CLASS="arabic">1</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">2</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">2</SPAN> Manager-managed relations</A>
</UL>
<BR>
-<LI><A NAME="tex2html88"
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html87"
HREF="node2.html#SECTION00023000000000000000"><SPAN CLASS="arabic">1</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">3</SPAN> Summary</A>
</UL>
<!--End of Table of Child-Links-->
<P>
While Ion does not not have a truly object-oriented design
<A NAME="tex2html1"
- HREF="#foot210"><SUP><SPAN CLASS="arabic">1</SPAN></SUP></A>,
+ HREF="#foot208"><SUP><SPAN CLASS="arabic">1</SPAN></SUP></A>,
things that appear on the computer screen are, however, quite
naturally expressed as such ``objects''. Therefore Ion implements
a rather primitive OO system for these screen objects and some
<P>
-<DIV ALIGN="CENTER"><A NAME="fig:classhierarchy"></A><A NAME="317"></A>
+<DIV ALIGN="CENTER"><A NAME="fig:classhierarchy"></A><A NAME="315"></A>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION ALIGN="BOTTOM"><STRONG>Figure 1:</STRONG>
Partial Ioncore, <SPAN CLASS="textit">mod_tiling</SPAN> and <SPAN CLASS="textit">mod_query</SPAN>
| |-->WWindow
| | |-->WMPlex
| | | |-->WFrame
- | | | |-->WScreen
- | | | |-->WRootWin
- | | |-->WInput (mod_query)
+ | | | `-->WScreen
+ | | | `-->WRootWin
+ | | `-->WInput (mod_query)
| | |-->WEdln (mod_query)
- | | |-->WMessage (mod_query)
+ | | `-->WMessage (mod_query)
| |-->WGroup
| | |-->WGroupWS
- | | |-->WGroupCW
- | |-->WTiling (mod_tiling)
- |-->WSplit (mod_tiling)
+ | | `-->WGroupCW
+ | `-->WTiling (mod_tiling)
+ `-->WSplit (mod_tiling)
</PRE></TD></TR>
</TABLE>
</DIV>
<P>
<DL>
<DT><STRONG>Obj</STRONG></DT>
-<DD><A NAME="323"></A>
+<DD><A NAME="321"></A>
Is the base of Ion's object system.
<P>
</DD>
<DT><STRONG>WRegion</STRONG></DT>
-<DD><A NAME="324"></A>
+<DD><A NAME="322"></A>
is the base class for everything corresponding to something on the
screen. Each object of type WRegion has a size and position
relative to the parent WRegion. While a big part of Ion
<P>
</DD>
<DT><STRONG>WClientWin</STRONG></DT>
-<DD><A NAME="325"></A> is a class for
+<DD><A NAME="323"></A> is a class for
client window objects, the objects that window managers are
supposed to manage.
<P>
</DD>
<DT><STRONG>WWindow</STRONG></DT>
-<DD><A NAME="326"></A> is the base class for all
+<DD><A NAME="324"></A> is the base class for all
internal objects having an X window associated to them
(WClientWins also have X windows associated to them).
<P>
</DD>
<DT><STRONG>WScreen</STRONG></DT>
-<DD><A NAME="327"></A> is an instance of WMPlex
+<DD><A NAME="325"></A> is an instance of WMPlex
for screens.
<P>
</DD>
<DT><STRONG>WRootWin</STRONG></DT>
-<DD><A NAME="328"></A> is the class for
- root windows<A NAME="244"></A> of X screens<A NAME="245"></A>.
+<DD><A NAME="326"></A> is the class for
+ root windows<A NAME="242"></A> of X screens<A NAME="243"></A>.
It is an instance of WScreen.
Note that an ``X screen'' or root window is not necessarily a
- single physical screen<A NAME="247"></A> as a root window
+ single physical screen<A NAME="245"></A> as a root window
may be split over multiple screens when ugly hacks such as
- Xinerama<A NAME="248"></A> are used. (Actually there can be only
+ Xinerama<A NAME="246"></A> are used. (Actually there can be only
one root window when Xinerama is used.)
<P>
</DD>
<DT><STRONG>WFrame</STRONG></DT>
-<DD><A NAME="329"></A> is the class for frames.
+<DD><A NAME="327"></A> is the class for frames.
While most Ion's objects have no graphical presentation, frames
basically add to WMPlexes the decorations around client
windows (borders, tabs).
<P>
</DD>
<DT><STRONG>WGroup</STRONG></DT>
-<DD><A NAME="330"></A> is the base class for groups.
+<DD><A NAME="328"></A> is the base class for groups.
Particular types of groups are workspaces
- (WGroupWS<A NAME="331"></A>)
+ (WGroupWS<A NAME="329"></A>)
and groups of client windows
- (WGroupCW<A NAME="332"></A>).
+ (WGroupCW<A NAME="330"></A>).
</DD>
</DL>
<P>
<DL>
<DT><STRONG>WTiling</STRONG></DT>
-<DD><A NAME="334"></A> is the class for tilings
+<DD><A NAME="332"></A> is the class for tilings
of frames.
</DD>
<DT><STRONG>WSplit</STRONG></DT>
-<DD><A NAME="335"></A> (or, more specifically, classes
+<DD><A NAME="333"></A> (or, more specifically, classes
that inherit it) encode the WTiling tree structure.
</DD>
</DL>
<P>
<DL>
<DT><STRONG>WInput</STRONG></DT>
-<DD><A NAME="337"></A> is a virtual base class for the
+<DD><A NAME="335"></A> is a virtual base class for the
two classes below.
</DD>
<DT><STRONG>WEdln</STRONG></DT>
-<DD><A NAME="338"></A> is the class for the ``queries'',
+<DD><A NAME="336"></A> is the class for the ``queries'',
the text inputs that usually appear at bottoms of frames and sometimes
screens. Queries are the functional equivalent of ``mini buffers'' in
many text editors.
</DD>
<DT><STRONG>WMessage</STRONG></DT>
-<DD><A NAME="339"></A> implements the boxes for
+<DD><A NAME="337"></A> implements the boxes for
warning and other messages that Ion may wish to display to the user.
These also usually appear at bottoms of frames.
</DD>
<SPAN CLASS="arabic">1</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">2</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">1</SPAN> Parent-child relations</A>
</H3>
Each object of type WRegion has a parent and possibly a manager
-associated to it. The parent<A NAME="280"></A> for an object is always a
+associated to it. The parent<A NAME="278"></A> for an object is always a
WWindow and for WRegion with an X window (WClientWin,
WWindow) the parent WWindow is given by the same relation of
the X windows. For other WRegions the relation is not as clear.
<P>
-<DIV ALIGN="CENTER"><A NAME="fig:parentship"></A><A NAME="291"></A>
+<DIV ALIGN="CENTER"><A NAME="fig:parentship"></A><A NAME="289"></A>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION ALIGN="BOTTOM"><STRONG>Figure 2:</STRONG>
Most common parent-child relations</CAPTION>
<TR><TD><PRE>
WRootWins
- |-->WScreens
- |-->WGroupWSs
- |-->WTilings
- |-->WClientWins in full screen mode
- |-->WFrames
- |-->WGroupCWs
- |-->WClientWins
- |-->WFrames for transients
- |-->a possible WEdln or WMessage
+ |-->WGroupWSs
+ |-->WTilings
+ |-->WClientWins in full screen mode
+ `-->WFrames
+ |-->WGroupCWs
+ |-->WClientWins
+ |-->WFrames for transients
+ `-->a possible WEdln or WMessage
</PRE></TD></TR>
</TABLE>
</DIV>
<P>
WRegions have very little control over their children as a parent.
-The manager<A NAME="295"></A> WRegion has much more control over its
+The manager<A NAME="293"></A> WRegion has much more control over its
managed WRegions. Managers, for example, handle resize requests,
focusing and displaying of the managed regions. Indeed the manager--managed
relationship gives a better picture of the logical ordering of objects on
the screen. Again, there are generally few limits, but the most common
hierarchy is given in Figure <A HREF="#fig:managership">3</A>. Note that sometimes
-the parent and manager are the same object and not all objects may have
-a manager (e.g. the dock in the dock module at the time of writing this)
-but all have a parent-a screen if not anything else.
+the parent and manager are the same object and not all regions may have
+a manager, but all have a parent-a screen if not anything else.
<P>
<P>
-<DIV ALIGN="CENTER"><A NAME="fig:managership"></A><A NAME="303"></A>
+<DIV ALIGN="CENTER"><A NAME="fig:managership"></A><A NAME="301"></A>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION ALIGN="BOTTOM"><STRONG>Figure 3:</STRONG>
Most common manager-managed relations</CAPTION>
<TR><TD><PRE>
WRootWins
- |-->WScreens
- |-->WGroupCWs for full screen WClientWins
- | |-->WClientWins
- | |-->WFrames for transients (dialogs)
- | |--> WClientWin
- |-->WGroupWSs for workspaces
- | |-->WTiling
- | | |-->WFrames
- | | | |-->WGroupCWs (with contents as above)
- | | |-->possibly a WStatusBar or WDock
- | |-->WFrames for floating content
- | |-->possibly a WEdln, WMessage or WMenu
- | |-->possibly a WStatusBar or WDock (if no tiling)
- |-->WFrames for sticky stuff, such as the scratchpad
+ |-->WGroupCWs for full screen WClientWins
+ | |-->WClientWins
+ | `-->WFrames for transients (dialogs)
+ | `--> WClientWin
+ |-->WGroupWSs for workspaces
+ | |-->WTiling
+ | | |-->WFrames
+ | | | `-->WGroupCWs (with contents as above)
+ | | `-->possibly a WStatusBar or WDock
+ | |-->WFrames for floating content
+ | |-->possibly a WEdln, WMessage or WMenu
+ | `-->possibly a WStatusBar or WDock (if no tiling)
+ `-->WFrames for sticky stuff, such as the scratchpad
</PRE></TD></TR>
</TABLE>
</DIV>
<P>
<BR><HR><H4>Footnotes</H4>
<DL>
-<DT><A NAME="foot2
10">... design</A><A
+<DT><A NAME="foot2
08">... design</A><A
HREF="node2.html#tex2html1"><SUP><SPAN CLASS="arabic">1</SPAN></SUP></A></DT>
<DD>the author doesn't like such artificial designs
</DL>
<DIV CLASS="navigation"><HR>
<!--Navigation Panel-->
-<A NAME="tex2html82"
+<A NAME="tex2html81"
HREF="node3.html">
<IMG WIDTH="37" HEIGHT="24" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0" ALT="next" SRC="next.png"></A>
-<A NAME="tex2html76"
+<A NAME="tex2html75"
HREF="ionnotes.html">
<IMG WIDTH="26" HEIGHT="24" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0" ALT="up" SRC="up.png"></A>
-<A NAME="tex2html70"
+<A NAME="tex2html69"
HREF="node1.html">
<IMG WIDTH="63" HEIGHT="24" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0" ALT="previous" SRC="prev.png"></A>
-<A NAME="tex2html78"
+<A NAME="tex2html77"
HREF="node1.html">
<IMG WIDTH="65" HEIGHT="24" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0" ALT="contents" SRC="contents.png"></A>
-<A NAME="tex2html80"
+<A NAME="tex2html79"
HREF="node8.html">
<IMG WIDTH="43" HEIGHT="24" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0" ALT="index" SRC="index.png"></A>
<BR>
-<B> Next:</B> <A NAME="tex2html83"
+<B> Next:</B> <A NAME="tex2html82"
HREF="node3.html">2 Object system implementation</A>
-<B> Up:</B> <A NAME="tex2html77"
+<B> Up:</B> <A NAME="tex2html76"
HREF="ionnotes.html">Ion: Notes for the</A>
-<B> Previous:</B> <A NAME="tex2html71"
+<B> Previous:</B> <A NAME="tex2html70"
HREF="node1.html">Contents</A>
- <B> <A NAME="tex2html79"
+ <B> <A NAME="tex2html78"
HREF="node1.html">Contents</A></B>
- <B> <A NAME="tex2html81"
+ <B> <A NAME="tex2html80"
HREF="node8.html">Index</A></B> </DIV>
<!--End of Navigation Panel-->
<BODY >
<DIV CLASS="navigation"><!--Navigation Panel-->
-<A NAME="tex2html101"
+<A NAME="tex2html100"
HREF="node4.html">
<IMG WIDTH="37" HEIGHT="24" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0" ALT="next" SRC="next.png"></A>
-<A NAME="tex2html95"
+<A NAME="tex2html94"
HREF="ionnotes.html">
<IMG WIDTH="26" HEIGHT="24" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0" ALT="up" SRC="up.png"></A>
-<A NAME="tex2html89"
+<A NAME="tex2html88"
HREF="node2.html">
<IMG WIDTH="63" HEIGHT="24" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0" ALT="previous" SRC="prev.png"></A>
-<A NAME="tex2html97"
+<A NAME="tex2html96"
HREF="node1.html">
<IMG WIDTH="65" HEIGHT="24" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0" ALT="contents" SRC="contents.png"></A>
-<A NAME="tex2html99"
+<A NAME="tex2html98"
HREF="node8.html">
<IMG WIDTH="43" HEIGHT="24" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0" ALT="index" SRC="index.png"></A>
<BR>
-<B> Next:</B> <A NAME="tex2html102"
+<B> Next:</B> <A NAME="tex2html101"
HREF="node4.html">3 The Lua interface</A>
-<B> Up:</B> <A NAME="tex2html96"
+<B> Up:</B> <A NAME="tex2html95"
HREF="ionnotes.html">Ion: Notes for the</A>
-<B> Previous:</B> <A NAME="tex2html90"
+<B> Previous:</B> <A NAME="tex2html89"
HREF="node2.html">1 Class and object</A>
- <B> <A NAME="tex2html98"
+ <B> <A NAME="tex2html97"
HREF="node1.html">Contents</A></B>
- <B> <A NAME="tex2html100"
+ <B> <A NAME="tex2html99"
HREF="node8.html">Index</A></B>
<BR>
<BR></DIV>
<P>
First, to get things clear, what are considered objects here are C
-structures containing a properly initialised <A NAME="426"></A>
+structures containing a properly initialised <A NAME="424"></A>
structure defined in <SPAN CLASS="textit">ioncore/obj.h</SPAN> as the first element (or the
first element of the structure which is the first element and so on which
gives rise to inheritance). The WObj structure contains a pointer
-to a WObjDescr<A NAME="428"></A> class type info structure and
+to a WObjDescr<A NAME="426"></A> class type info structure and
a list of so called ``watches''. The WObjDescr structure simply
lists the class name, a table of dynamic functions and a pointer to
deinitialisation function (or ``destructor'').
Ion does not do any reference counting, garbage collecting or other
fancy things related to automatic safe freeing of objects with its
simplistic object system. Instead special watches (the WWatch
-<A NAME="429"></A> structure) may be used to create safe references to
+<A NAME="427"></A> structure) may be used to create safe references to
objects that might be destroyed during the time the specific pointer is
needed. When an object is destroyed, its list of watches is processed,
setting the pointers in the watches to NULL and the watch handlers for
<DIV CLASS="navigation"><HR>
<!--Navigation Panel-->
-<A NAME="tex2html101"
+<A NAME="tex2html100"
HREF="node4.html">
<IMG WIDTH="37" HEIGHT="24" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0" ALT="next" SRC="next.png"></A>
-<A NAME="tex2html95"
+<A NAME="tex2html94"
HREF="ionnotes.html">
<IMG WIDTH="26" HEIGHT="24" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0" ALT="up" SRC="up.png"></A>
-<A NAME="tex2html89"
+<A NAME="tex2html88"
HREF="node2.html">
<IMG WIDTH="63" HEIGHT="24" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0" ALT="previous" SRC="prev.png"></A>
-<A NAME="tex2html97"
+<A NAME="tex2html96"
HREF="node1.html">
<IMG WIDTH="65" HEIGHT="24" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0" ALT="contents" SRC="contents.png"></A>
-<A NAME="tex2html99"
+<A NAME="tex2html98"
HREF="node8.html">
<IMG WIDTH="43" HEIGHT="24" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0" ALT="index" SRC="index.png"></A>
<BR>
-<B> Next:</B> <A NAME="tex2html102"
+<B> Next:</B> <A NAME="tex2html101"
HREF="node4.html">3 The Lua interface</A>
-<B> Up:</B> <A NAME="tex2html96"
+<B> Up:</B> <A NAME="tex2html95"
HREF="ionnotes.html">Ion: Notes for the</A>
-<B> Previous:</B> <A NAME="tex2html90"
+<B> Previous:</B> <A NAME="tex2html89"
HREF="node2.html">1 Class and object</A>
- <B> <A NAME="tex2html98"
+ <B> <A NAME="tex2html97"
HREF="node1.html">Contents</A></B>
- <B> <A NAME="tex2html100"
+ <B> <A NAME="tex2html99"
HREF="node8.html">Index</A></B> </DIV>
<!--End of Navigation Panel-->
<BODY >
<DIV CLASS="navigation"><!--Navigation Panel-->
-<A NAME="tex2html115"
+<A NAME="tex2html114"
HREF="node5.html">
<IMG WIDTH="37" HEIGHT="24" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0" ALT="next" SRC="next.png"></A>
-<A NAME="tex2html109"
+<A NAME="tex2html108"
HREF="ionnotes.html">
<IMG WIDTH="26" HEIGHT="24" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0" ALT="up" SRC="up.png"></A>
-<A NAME="tex2html103"
+<A NAME="tex2html102"
HREF="node3.html">
<IMG WIDTH="63" HEIGHT="24" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0" ALT="previous" SRC="prev.png"></A>
-<A NAME="tex2html111"
+<A NAME="tex2html110"
HREF="node1.html">
<IMG WIDTH="65" HEIGHT="24" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0" ALT="contents" SRC="contents.png"></A>
-<A NAME="tex2html113"
+<A NAME="tex2html112"
HREF="node8.html">
<IMG WIDTH="43" HEIGHT="24" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0" ALT="index" SRC="index.png"></A>
<BR>
-<B> Next:</B> <A NAME="tex2html116"
+<B> Next:</B> <A NAME="tex2html115"
HREF="node5.html">4 Miscellaneous design notes</A>
-<B> Up:</B> <A NAME="tex2html110"
+<B> Up:</B> <A NAME="tex2html109"
HREF="ionnotes.html">Ion: Notes for the</A>
-<B> Previous:</B> <A NAME="tex2html104"
+<B> Previous:</B> <A NAME="tex2html103"
HREF="node3.html">2 Object system implementation</A>
- <B> <A NAME="tex2html112"
+ <B> <A NAME="tex2html111"
HREF="node1.html">Contents</A></B>
- <B> <A NAME="tex2html114"
+ <B> <A NAME="tex2html113"
HREF="node8.html">Index</A></B>
<BR>
<BR></DIV>
<A NAME="CHILD_LINKS"><STRONG>Subsections</STRONG></A>
<UL CLASS="ChildLinks">
-<LI><A NAME="tex2html117"
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html116"
HREF="node4.html#SECTION00041000000000000000"><SPAN CLASS="arabic">3</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">1</SPAN> Supported types</A>
-<LI><A NAME="tex2html118"
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html117"
HREF="node4.html#SECTION00042000000000000000"><SPAN CLASS="arabic">3</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">2</SPAN> Exporting functions</A>
-<LI><A NAME="tex2html119"
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html118"
HREF="node4.html#SECTION00043000000000000000"><SPAN CLASS="arabic">3</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">3</SPAN> Calling Lua functions and code</A>
-<LI><A NAME="tex2html120"
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html119"
HREF="node4.html#SECTION00044000000000000000"><SPAN CLASS="arabic">3</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">4</SPAN> Miscellaneous notes</A>
</UL>
<!--End of Table of Child-Links-->
<TD ALIGN="LEFT"> </TD>
</TR>
<TR><TD ALIGN="RIGHT">t</TD>
-<TD ALIGN="LEFT">ExtlTab<A NAME="519"></A></TD>
+<TD ALIGN="LEFT">ExtlTab<A NAME="517"></A></TD>
<TD ALIGN="LEFT">Reference to Lua table</TD>
</TR>
<TR><TD ALIGN="RIGHT">f</TD>
-<TD ALIGN="LEFT">ExltFn<A NAME="520"></A></TD>
+<TD ALIGN="LEFT">ExltFn<A NAME="518"></A></TD>
<TD ALIGN="LEFT">Reference to Lua function.</TD>
</TR>
<TR><TD ALIGN="RIGHT">o</TD>
<P>
You've seen the terms level 1 and 2 call handler mentioned above.
-<A NAME="489"></A>
+<A NAME="487"></A>
The Lua support code uses two so called call handlers to convert and check
the types of parameters passed from Lua to C and back to Lua. The first
one of these call handlers is the same for all exported functions and
<P>
The functions
-<TT>extl_call</TT><A NAME="513"></A>,
-<TT>extl_call_named</TT><A NAME="514"></A>,
-<TT>extl_dofile</TT><A NAME="515"></A> and
-<TT>extl_dostring</TT><A NAME="516"></A>
+<TT>extl_call</TT><A NAME="511"></A>,
+<TT>extl_call_named</TT><A NAME="512"></A>,
+<TT>extl_dofile</TT><A NAME="513"></A> and
+<TT>extl_dostring</TT><A NAME="514"></A>
call a referenced function (ExtlFn), named function, execute a
string and a file, respectively. The rest of the parameters for all these
functions are similar. The 'spec' argument is a string of identifier
<P>
Sometimes it is necessary to block calls to all but a limited set of
Ion functions. This can be accomplished with
-<TT>extl_set_safelist</TT><A NAME="517"></A>.
+<TT>extl_set_safelist</TT><A NAME="515"></A>.
The parameter to this function is a NULL-terminated array of strings
and the return value is a similar old safelist.
The call <TT>extl_set_safelist(NULL)</TT> removes any safelist and allows
<P>
Configuration files should be read as before with the function
-<TT>read_config_for</TT><A NAME="518"></A>
+<TT>read_config_for</TT><A NAME="516"></A>
except that the list of known options is no longer present.
<P>
<DIV CLASS="navigation"><HR>
<!--Navigation Panel-->
-<A NAME="tex2html115"
+<A NAME="tex2html114"
HREF="node5.html">
<IMG WIDTH="37" HEIGHT="24" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0" ALT="next" SRC="next.png"></A>
-<A NAME="tex2html109"
+<A NAME="tex2html108"
HREF="ionnotes.html">
<IMG WIDTH="26" HEIGHT="24" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0" ALT="up" SRC="up.png"></A>
-<A NAME="tex2html103"
+<A NAME="tex2html102"
HREF="node3.html">
<IMG WIDTH="63" HEIGHT="24" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0" ALT="previous" SRC="prev.png"></A>
-<A NAME="tex2html111"
+<A NAME="tex2html110"
HREF="node1.html">
<IMG WIDTH="65" HEIGHT="24" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0" ALT="contents" SRC="contents.png"></A>
-<A NAME="tex2html113"
+<A NAME="tex2html112"
HREF="node8.html">
<IMG WIDTH="43" HEIGHT="24" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0" ALT="index" SRC="index.png"></A>
<BR>
-<B> Next:</B> <A NAME="tex2html116"
+<B> Next:</B> <A NAME="tex2html115"
HREF="node5.html">4 Miscellaneous design notes</A>
-<B> Up:</B> <A NAME="tex2html110"
+<B> Up:</B> <A NAME="tex2html109"
HREF="ionnotes.html">Ion: Notes for the</A>
-<B> Previous:</B> <A NAME="tex2html104"
+<B> Previous:</B> <A NAME="tex2html103"
HREF="node3.html">2 Object system implementation</A>
- <B> <A NAME="tex2html112"
+ <B> <A NAME="tex2html111"
HREF="node1.html">Contents</A></B>
- <B> <A NAME="tex2html114"
+ <B> <A NAME="tex2html113"
HREF="node8.html">Index</A></B> </DIV>
<!--End of Navigation Panel-->
<BODY >
<DIV CLASS="navigation"><!--Navigation Panel-->
-<A NAME="tex2html133"
+<A NAME="tex2html132"
HREF="node6.html">
<IMG WIDTH="37" HEIGHT="24" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0" ALT="next" SRC="next.png"></A>
-<A NAME="tex2html127"
+<A NAME="tex2html126"
HREF="ionnotes.html">
<IMG WIDTH="26" HEIGHT="24" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0" ALT="up" SRC="up.png"></A>
-<A NAME="tex2html121"
+<A NAME="tex2html120"
HREF="node4.html">
<IMG WIDTH="63" HEIGHT="24" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0" ALT="previous" SRC="prev.png"></A>
-<A NAME="tex2html129"
+<A NAME="tex2html128"
HREF="node1.html">
<IMG WIDTH="65" HEIGHT="24" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0" ALT="contents" SRC="contents.png"></A>
-<A NAME="tex2html131"
+<A NAME="tex2html130"
HREF="node8.html">
<IMG WIDTH="43" HEIGHT="24" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0" ALT="index" SRC="index.png"></A>
<BR>
-<B> Next:</B> <A NAME="tex2html134"
+<B> Next:</B> <A NAME="tex2html133"
HREF="node6.html">5 C coding style</A>
-<B> Up:</B> <A NAME="tex2html128"
+<B> Up:</B> <A NAME="tex2html127"
HREF="ionnotes.html">Ion: Notes for the</A>
-<B> Previous:</B> <A NAME="tex2html122"
+<B> Previous:</B> <A NAME="tex2html121"
HREF="node4.html">3 The Lua interface</A>
- <B> <A NAME="tex2html130"
+ <B> <A NAME="tex2html129"
HREF="node1.html">Contents</A></B>
- <B> <A NAME="tex2html132"
+ <B> <A NAME="tex2html131"
HREF="node8.html">Index</A></B>
<BR>
<BR></DIV>
<A NAME="CHILD_LINKS"><STRONG>Subsections</STRONG></A>
<UL CLASS="ChildLinks">
-<LI><A NAME="tex2html135"
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html134"
HREF="node5.html#SECTION00051000000000000000"><SPAN CLASS="arabic">4</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">1</SPAN> Destroying WObj:s</A>
-<LI><A NAME="tex2html136"
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html135"
HREF="node5.html#SECTION00052000000000000000"><SPAN CLASS="arabic">4</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">2</SPAN> The types <TT>char*</TT> and <TT>const char*</TT> as function
parameters and return values</A>
</UL>
<P>
To keep Ion's code as simple as possible yet safe, there are restrictions
when the WObj
-<TT>destroy_obj</TT><A NAME="617"></A>
+<TT>destroy_obj</TT><A NAME="615"></A>
function that calls watches, the deinit routine and frees memory may
-be called directly. In all other cases the <TT>mainloop_defer_destroy</TT><A NAME="618"></A>
+be called directly. In all other cases the <TT>mainloop_defer_destroy</TT><A NAME="616"></A>
function should be used to defer the call of <TT>destroy_obj</TT> until
Ioncore returns to its main event loop.
when the function created a frame to manage some other object but for
some reason failed to reparent the object to this frame.
</LI>
-<LI>In a deferred action handler set with <TT>mainloop_defer_action</TT><A NAME="619"></A>.
+<LI>In a deferred action handler set with <TT>mainloop_defer_action</TT><A NAME="617"></A>.
Like deferred destroys, other deferred actions are called when
Ioncore has returned to the main loop.
</LI>
<DIV CLASS="navigation"><HR>
<!--Navigation Panel-->
-<A NAME="tex2html133"
+<A NAME="tex2html132"
HREF="node6.html">
<IMG WIDTH="37" HEIGHT="24" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0" ALT="next" SRC="next.png"></A>
-<A NAME="tex2html127"
+<A NAME="tex2html126"
HREF="ionnotes.html">
<IMG WIDTH="26" HEIGHT="24" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0" ALT="up" SRC="up.png"></A>
-<A NAME="tex2html121"
+<A NAME="tex2html120"
HREF="node4.html">
<IMG WIDTH="63" HEIGHT="24" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0" ALT="previous" SRC="prev.png"></A>
-<A NAME="tex2html129"
+<A NAME="tex2html128"
HREF="node1.html">
<IMG WIDTH="65" HEIGHT="24" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0" ALT="contents" SRC="contents.png"></A>
-<A NAME="tex2html131"
+<A NAME="tex2html130"
HREF="node8.html">
<IMG WIDTH="43" HEIGHT="24" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0" ALT="index" SRC="index.png"></A>
<BR>
-<B> Next:</B> <A NAME="tex2html134"
+<B> Next:</B> <A NAME="tex2html133"
HREF="node6.html">5 C coding style</A>
-<B> Up:</B> <A NAME="tex2html128"
+<B> Up:</B> <A NAME="tex2html127"
HREF="ionnotes.html">Ion: Notes for the</A>
-<B> Previous:</B> <A NAME="tex2html122"
+<B> Previous:</B> <A NAME="tex2html121"
HREF="node4.html">3 The Lua interface</A>
- <B> <A NAME="tex2html130"
+ <B> <A NAME="tex2html129"
HREF="node1.html">Contents</A></B>
- <B> <A NAME="tex2html132"
+ <B> <A NAME="tex2html131"
HREF="node8.html">Index</A></B> </DIV>
<!--End of Navigation Panel-->
<BODY >
<DIV CLASS="navigation"><!--Navigation Panel-->
-<A NAME="tex2html149"
+<A NAME="tex2html148"
HREF="node7.html">
<IMG WIDTH="37" HEIGHT="24" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0" ALT="next" SRC="next.png"></A>
-<A NAME="tex2html143"
+<A NAME="tex2html142"
HREF="ionnotes.html">
<IMG WIDTH="26" HEIGHT="24" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0" ALT="up" SRC="up.png"></A>
-<A NAME="tex2html137"
+<A NAME="tex2html136"
HREF="node5.html">
<IMG WIDTH="63" HEIGHT="24" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0" ALT="previous" SRC="prev.png"></A>
-<A NAME="tex2html145"
+<A NAME="tex2html144"
HREF="node1.html">
<IMG WIDTH="65" HEIGHT="24" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0" ALT="contents" SRC="contents.png"></A>
-<A NAME="tex2html147"
+<A NAME="tex2html146"
HREF="node8.html">
<IMG WIDTH="43" HEIGHT="24" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0" ALT="index" SRC="index.png"></A>
<BR>
-<B> Next:</B> <A NAME="tex2html150"
- HREF="node7.html">A. The GNU General</A>
-<B> Up:</B> <A NAME="tex2html144"
+<B> Next:</B> <A NAME="tex2html149"
+ HREF="node7.html">A. GNU Free Documentation</A>
+<B> Up:</B> <A NAME="tex2html143"
HREF="ionnotes.html">Ion: Notes for the</A>
-<B> Previous:</B> <A NAME="tex2html138"
+<B> Previous:</B> <A NAME="tex2html137"
HREF="node5.html">4 Miscellaneous design notes</A>
- <B> <A NAME="tex2html146"
+ <B> <A NAME="tex2html145"
HREF="node1.html">Contents</A></B>
- <B> <A NAME="tex2html148"
+ <B> <A NAME="tex2html147"
HREF="node8.html">Index</A></B>
<BR>
<BR></DIV>
<A NAME="CHILD_LINKS"><STRONG>Subsections</STRONG></A>
<UL CLASS="ChildLinks">
-<LI><A NAME="tex2html151"
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html150"
HREF="node6.html#SECTION00061000000000000000"><SPAN CLASS="arabic">5</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">1</SPAN> Whitespace</A>
-<LI><A NAME="tex2html152"
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html151"
HREF="node6.html#SECTION00062000000000000000"><SPAN CLASS="arabic">5</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">2</SPAN> Braces</A>
-<LI><A NAME="tex2html153"
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html152"
HREF="node6.html#SECTION00063000000000000000"><SPAN CLASS="arabic">5</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">3</SPAN> Names</A>
-<LI><A NAME="tex2html154"
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html153"
HREF="node6.html#SECTION00064000000000000000"><SPAN CLASS="arabic">5</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">4</SPAN> Miscellaneous</A>
</UL>
<!--End of Table of Child-Links-->
<DIV CLASS="navigation"><HR>
<!--Navigation Panel-->
-<A NAME="tex2html149"
+<A NAME="tex2html148"
HREF="node7.html">
<IMG WIDTH="37" HEIGHT="24" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0" ALT="next" SRC="next.png"></A>
-<A NAME="tex2html143"
+<A NAME="tex2html142"
HREF="ionnotes.html">
<IMG WIDTH="26" HEIGHT="24" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0" ALT="up" SRC="up.png"></A>
-<A NAME="tex2html137"
+<A NAME="tex2html136"
HREF="node5.html">
<IMG WIDTH="63" HEIGHT="24" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0" ALT="previous" SRC="prev.png"></A>
-<A NAME="tex2html145"
+<A NAME="tex2html144"
HREF="node1.html">
<IMG WIDTH="65" HEIGHT="24" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0" ALT="contents" SRC="contents.png"></A>
-<A NAME="tex2html147"
+<A NAME="tex2html146"
HREF="node8.html">
<IMG WIDTH="43" HEIGHT="24" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0" ALT="index" SRC="index.png"></A>
<BR>
-<B> Next:</B> <A NAME="tex2html150"
- HREF="node7.html">A. The GNU General</A>
-<B> Up:</B> <A NAME="tex2html144"
+<B> Next:</B> <A NAME="tex2html149"
+ HREF="node7.html">A. GNU Free Documentation</A>
+<B> Up:</B> <A NAME="tex2html143"
HREF="ionnotes.html">Ion: Notes for the</A>
-<B> Previous:</B> <A NAME="tex2html138"
+<B> Previous:</B> <A NAME="tex2html137"
HREF="node5.html">4 Miscellaneous design notes</A>
- <B> <A NAME="tex2html146"
+ <B> <A NAME="tex2html145"
HREF="node1.html">Contents</A></B>
- <B> <A NAME="tex2html148"
+ <B> <A NAME="tex2html147"
HREF="node8.html">Index</A></B> </DIV>
<!--End of Navigation Panel-->
Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
<HTML>
<HEAD>
-<TITLE>A. The GNU General Public License</TITLE>
-<META NAME="description" CONTENT="A. The GNU General Public License">
+<TITLE>A. GNU Free Documentation License</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="A. GNU Free Documentation License">
<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="ionnotes">
<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
<BODY >
<DIV CLASS="navigation"><!--Navigation Panel-->
-<A NAME="tex2html167"
+<A NAME="tex2html166"
HREF="node8.html">
<IMG WIDTH="37" HEIGHT="24" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0" ALT="next" SRC="next.png"></A>
-<A NAME="tex2html161"
+<A NAME="tex2html160"
HREF="ionnotes.html">
<IMG WIDTH="26" HEIGHT="24" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0" ALT="up" SRC="up.png"></A>
-<A NAME="tex2html155"
+<A NAME="tex2html154"
HREF="node6.html">
<IMG WIDTH="63" HEIGHT="24" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0" ALT="previous" SRC="prev.png"></A>
-<A NAME="tex2html163"
+<A NAME="tex2html162"
HREF="node1.html">
<IMG WIDTH="65" HEIGHT="24" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0" ALT="contents" SRC="contents.png"></A>
-<A NAME="tex2html165"
+<A NAME="tex2html164"
HREF="node8.html">
<IMG WIDTH="43" HEIGHT="24" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0" ALT="index" SRC="index.png"></A>
<BR>
-<B> Next:</B> <A NAME="tex2html168"
+<B> Next:</B> <A NAME="tex2html167"
HREF="node8.html">Index</A>
-<B> Up:</B> <A NAME="tex2html162"
+<B> Up:</B> <A NAME="tex2html161"
HREF="ionnotes.html">Ion: Notes for the</A>
-<B> Previous:</B> <A NAME="tex2html156"
+<B> Previous:</B> <A NAME="tex2html155"
HREF="node6.html">5 C coding style</A>
- <B> <A NAME="tex2html164"
+ <B> <A NAME="tex2html163"
HREF="node1.html">Contents</A></B>
- <B> <A NAME="tex2html166"
+ <B> <A NAME="tex2html165"
HREF="node8.html">Index</A></B>
<BR>
<BR></DIV>
<!--End of Navigation Panel-->
-<!--Table of Child-Links-->
-<A NAME="CHILD_LINKS"><STRONG>Subsections</STRONG></A>
-
-<UL CLASS="ChildLinks">
-<LI><A NAME="tex2html169"
- HREF="node7.html#SECTION00071000000000000000">Appendix: How to Apply These Terms to Your New Programs</A>
-</UL>
-<!--End of Table of Child-Links-->
-<HR>
<H1><A NAME="SECTION00070000000000000000">
-A. The GNU General Public License</A>
+A. GNU Free Documentation License</A>
</H1>
<P>
<DIV ALIGN="CENTER">
</DIV>
<P>
-<DIV ALIGN="CENTER">Version 2, June 1991
+<DIV ALIGN="CENTER">Version 1.2, November 2002
</DIV>
<P>
-<DIV ALIGN="CENTER">Copyright © 1989, 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+<DIV ALIGN="CENTER">Copyright © 2000,2001,2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
</DIV>
<P>
<DIV ALIGN="CENTER"></DIV>
<BR>
<DIV ALIGN="CENTER"></DIV>
<P>
-<DIV ALIGN="CENTER">59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA
+<DIV ALIGN="CENTER">51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
</DIV>
<P>
<DIV ALIGN="CENTER"></DIV>
<DIV ALIGN="CENTER"></DIV>
<P>
<DIV ALIGN="CENTER">Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies
-of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.
-
+ of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.
</DIV>
</DIV>
<P>
-The licenses for most software are designed to take away your freedom to
-share and change it. By contrast, the GNU General Public License is
-intended to guarantee your freedom to share and change free software--to
-make sure the software is free for all its users. This General Public
-License applies to most of the Free Software Foundation's software and to
-any other program whose authors commit to using it. (Some other Free
-Software Foundation software is covered by the GNU Library General Public
-License instead.) You can apply it to your programs, too.
+The purpose of this License is to make a manual, textbook, or other
+functional and useful document ``free'' in the sense of freedom: to
+assure everyone the effective freedom to copy and redistribute it,
+with or without modifying it, either commercially or noncommercially.
+Secondarily, this License preserves for the author and publisher a way
+to get credit for their work, while not being considered responsible
+for modifications made by others.
<P>
-When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not price.
-Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you have the
-freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge for this service
-if you wish), that you receive source code or can get it if you want it,
-that you can change the software or use pieces of it in new free programs;
-and that you know you can do these things.
+This License is a kind of ``copyleft'', which means that derivative
+works of the document must themselves be free in the same sense. It
+complements the GNU General Public License, which is a copyleft
+license designed for free software.
<P>
-To protect your rights, we need to make restrictions that forbid anyone to
-deny you these rights or to ask you to surrender the rights. These
-restrictions translate to certain responsibilities for you if you
-distribute copies of the software, or if you modify it.
+We have designed this License in order to use it for manuals for free
+software, because free software needs free documentation: a free
+program should come with manuals providing the same freedoms that the
+software does. But this License is not limited to software manuals;
+it can be used for any textual work, regardless of subject matter or
+whether it is published as a printed book. We recommend this License
+principally for works whose purpose is instruction or reference.
<P>
-For example, if you distribute copies of such a program, whether gratis or
-for a fee, you must give the recipients all the rights that you have. You
-must make sure that they, too, receive or can get the source code. And
-you must show them these terms so they know their rights.
+<DIV ALIGN="CENTER">
+<BIG CLASS="LARGE"><B>1. APPLICABILITY AND DEFINITIONS</B></BIG></DIV>
+<P>
+<DIV ALIGN="CENTER">
+
+</DIV>
<P>
-We protect your rights with two steps: (1) copyright the software, and (2)
-offer you this license which gives you legal permission to copy,
-distribute and/or modify the software.
+This License applies to any manual or other work, in any medium, that
+contains a notice placed by the copyright holder saying it can be
+distributed under the terms of this License. Such a notice grants a
+world-wide, royalty-free license, unlimited in duration, to use that
+work under the conditions stated herein. The ``<SPAN CLASS="textbf">Document</SPAN>'', below,
+refers to any such manual or work. Any member of the public is a
+licensee, and is addressed as ``<SPAN CLASS="textbf">you</SPAN>''. You accept the license if you
+copy, modify or distribute the work in a way requiring permission
+under copyright law.
+
+<P>
+A ``<SPAN CLASS="textbf">Modified Version</SPAN>'' of the Document means any work containing the
+Document or a portion of it, either copied verbatim, or with
+modifications and/or translated into another language.
+
+<P>
+A ``<SPAN CLASS="textbf">Secondary Section</SPAN>'' is a named appendix or a front-matter section of
+the Document that deals exclusively with the relationship of the
+publishers or authors of the Document to the Document's overall subject
+(or to related matters) and contains nothing that could fall directly
+within that overall subject. (Thus, if the Document is in part a
+textbook of mathematics, a Secondary Section may not explain any
+mathematics.) The relationship could be a matter of historical
+connection with the subject or with related matters, or of legal,
+commercial, philosophical, ethical or political position regarding
+them.
+
+<P>
+The ``<SPAN CLASS="textbf">Invariant Sections</SPAN>'' are certain Secondary Sections whose titles
+are designated, as being those of Invariant Sections, in the notice
+that says that the Document is released under this License. If a
+section does not fit the above definition of Secondary then it is not
+allowed to be designated as Invariant. The Document may contain zero
+Invariant Sections. If the Document does not identify any Invariant
+Sections then there are none.
+
+<P>
+The ``<SPAN CLASS="textbf">Cover Texts</SPAN>'' are certain short passages of text that are listed,
+as Front-Cover Texts or Back-Cover Texts, in the notice that says that
+the Document is released under this License. A Front-Cover Text may
+be at most 5 words, and a Back-Cover Text may be at most 25 words.
+
+<P>
+A ``<SPAN CLASS="textbf">Transparent</SPAN>'' copy of the Document means a machine-readable copy,
+represented in a format whose specification is available to the
+general public, that is suitable for revising the document
+straightforwardly with generic text editors or (for images composed of
+pixels) generic paint programs or (for drawings) some widely available
+drawing editor, and that is suitable for input to text formatters or
+for automatic translation to a variety of formats suitable for input
+to text formatters. A copy made in an otherwise Transparent file
+format whose markup, or absence of markup, has been arranged to thwart
+or discourage subsequent modification by readers is not Transparent.
+An image format is not Transparent if used for any substantial amount
+of text. A copy that is not ``Transparent'' is called ``<SPAN CLASS="textbf">Opaque</SPAN>''.
+
+<P>
+Examples of suitable formats for Transparent copies include plain
+ASCII without markup, Texinfo input format, LaTeX input format, SGML
+or XML using a publicly available DTD, and standard-conforming simple
+HTML, PostScript or PDF designed for human modification. Examples of
+transparent image formats include PNG, XCF and JPG. Opaque formats
+include proprietary formats that can be read and edited only by
+proprietary word processors, SGML or XML for which the DTD and/or
+processing tools are not generally available, and the
+machine-generated HTML, PostScript or PDF produced by some word
+processors for output purposes only.
+
+<P>
+The ``<SPAN CLASS="textbf">Title Page</SPAN>'' means, for a printed book, the title page itself,
+plus such following pages as are needed to hold, legibly, the material
+this License requires to appear in the title page. For works in
+formats which do not have any title page as such, ``Title Page'' means
+the text near the most prominent appearance of the work's title,
+preceding the beginning of the body of the text.
+
+<P>
+A section ``<SPAN CLASS="textbf">Entitled XYZ</SPAN>'' means a named subunit of the Document whose
+title either is precisely XYZ or contains XYZ in parentheses following
+text that translates XYZ in another language. (Here XYZ stands for a
+specific section name mentioned below, such as ``<SPAN CLASS="textbf">Acknowledgements</SPAN>'',
+``<SPAN CLASS="textbf">Dedications</SPAN>'', ``<SPAN CLASS="textbf">Endorsements</SPAN>'', or ``<SPAN CLASS="textbf">History</SPAN>''.)
+To ``<SPAN CLASS="textbf">Preserve the Title</SPAN>''
+of such a section when you modify the Document means that it remains a
+section ``Entitled XYZ'' according to this definition.
+
+<P>
+The Document may include Warranty Disclaimers next to the notice which
+states that this License applies to the Document. These Warranty
+Disclaimers are considered to be included by reference in this
+License, but only as regards disclaiming warranties: any other
+implication that these Warranty Disclaimers may have is void and has
+no effect on the meaning of this License.
<P>
-Also, for each author's protection and ours, we want to make certain that
-everyone understands that there is no warranty for this free software. If
-the software is modified by someone else and passed on, we want its
-recipients to know that what they have is not the original, so that any
-problems introduced by others will not reflect on the original authors'
-reputations.
+<DIV ALIGN="CENTER">
+<BIG CLASS="LARGE"><B>2. VERBATIM COPYING</B></BIG></DIV>
+<P>
+<DIV ALIGN="CENTER">
+
+</DIV>
<P>
-Finally, any free program is threatened constantly by software patents.
-We wish to avoid the danger that redistributors of a free program will
-individually obtain patent licenses, in effect making the program
-proprietary. To prevent this, we have made it clear that any patent must
-be licensed for everyone's free use or not licensed at all.
+You may copy and distribute the Document in any medium, either
+commercially or noncommercially, provided that this License, the
+copyright notices, and the license notice saying this License applies
+to the Document are reproduced in all copies, and that you add no other
+conditions whatsoever to those of this License. You may not use
+technical measures to obstruct or control the reading or further
+copying of the copies you make or distribute. However, you may accept
+compensation in exchange for copies. If you distribute a large enough
+number of copies you must also follow the conditions in section 3.
<P>
-The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and
-modification follow.
+You may also lend copies, under the same conditions stated above, and
+you may publicly display copies.
<P>
<DIV ALIGN="CENTER">
-<BIG CLASS="XLARGE">T<SMALL>ERMS AND </SMALL>C<SMALL>ONDITIONS </SMALL>F<SMALL>OR </SMALL>C<SMALL>OPYING, </SMALL>D<SMALL>ISTRIBUTION AND
- </SMALL>M<SMALL>ODIFICATION</SMALL></BIG>
+<BIG CLASS="LARGE"><B>3. COPYING IN QUANTITY</B></BIG></DIV>
+<P>
+<DIV ALIGN="CENTER">
</DIV>
<P>
+If you publish printed copies (or copies in media that commonly have
+printed covers) of the Document, numbering more than 100, and the
+Document's license notice requires Cover Texts, you must enclose the
+copies in covers that carry, clearly and legibly, all these Cover
+Texts: Front-Cover Texts on the front cover, and Back-Cover Texts on
+the back cover. Both covers must also clearly and legibly identify
+you as the publisher of these copies. The front cover must present
+the full title with all words of the title equally prominent and
+visible. You may add other material on the covers in addition.
+Copying with changes limited to the covers, as long as they preserve
+the title of the Document and satisfy these conditions, can be treated
+as verbatim copying in other respects.
-<OL>
-<LI><P>
-This License applies to any program or other work which contains a notice
-placed by the copyright holder saying it may be distributed under the
-terms of this General Public License. The ``Program'', below, refers to
-any such program or work, and a ``work based on the Program'' means either
-the Program or any derivative work under copyright law: that is to say, a
-work containing the Program or a portion of it, either verbatim or with
-modifications and/or translated into another language. (Hereinafter,
-translation is included without limitation in the term ``modification''.)
-Each licensee is addressed as ``you''.
+<P>
+If the required texts for either cover are too voluminous to fit
+legibly, you should put the first ones listed (as many as fit
+reasonably) on the actual cover, and continue the rest onto adjacent
+pages.
+
+<P>
+If you publish or distribute Opaque copies of the Document numbering
+more than 100, you must either include a machine-readable Transparent
+copy along with each Opaque copy, or state in or with each Opaque copy
+a computer-network location from which the general network-using
+public has access to download using public-standard network protocols
+a complete Transparent copy of the Document, free of added material.
+If you use the latter option, you must take reasonably prudent steps,
+when you begin distribution of Opaque copies in quantity, to ensure
+that this Transparent copy will remain thus accessible at the stated
+location until at least one year after the last time you distribute an
+Opaque copy (directly or through your agents or retailers) of that
+edition to the public.
<P>
-Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not
-covered by this License; they are outside its scope. The act of
-running the Program is not restricted, and the output from the Program
-is covered only if its contents constitute a work based on the
-Program (independent of having been made by running the Program).
-Whether that is true depends on what the Program does.
+It is requested, but not required, that you contact the authors of the
+Document well before redistributing any large number of copies, to give
+them a chance to provide you with an updated version of the Document.
<P>
-</LI>
-<LI>You may copy and distribute verbatim copies of the Program's source
- code as you receive it, in any medium, provided that you conspicuously
- and appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate copyright notice
- and disclaimer of warranty; keep intact all the notices that refer to
- this License and to the absence of any warranty; and give any other
- recipients of the Program a copy of this License along with the Program.
+<DIV ALIGN="CENTER">
+<BIG CLASS="LARGE"><B>4. MODIFICATIONS</B></BIG></DIV>
+<P>
+<DIV ALIGN="CENTER">
+
+</DIV>
<P>
-You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy, and you
-may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee.
+You may copy and distribute a Modified Version of the Document under
+the conditions of sections 2 and 3 above, provided that you release
+the Modified Version under precisely this License, with the Modified
+Version filling the role of the Document, thus licensing distribution
+and modification of the Modified Version to whoever possesses a copy
+of it. In addition, you must do these things in the Modified Version:
<P>
-</LI>
-<LI><P>
-You may modify your copy or copies of the Program or any portion
-of it, thus forming a work based on the Program, and copy and
-distribute such modifications or work under the terms of Section 1
-above, provided that you also meet all of these conditions:
+<DL COMPACT>
+<DT>A.</DT>
+<DD>Use in the Title Page (and on the covers, if any) a title distinct
+ from that of the Document, and from those of previous versions
+ (which should, if there were any, be listed in the History section
+ of the Document). You may use the same title as a previous version
+ if the original publisher of that version gives permission.
<P>
+</DD>
+<DT>B.</DT>
+<DD>List on the Title Page, as authors, one or more persons or entities
+ responsible for authorship of the modifications in the Modified
+ Version, together with at least five of the principal authors of the
+ Document (all of its principal authors, if it has fewer than five),
+ unless they release you from this requirement.
-<OL>
-<LI><P>
-You must cause the modified files to carry prominent notices stating that
-you changed the files and the date of any change.
+<P>
+</DD>
+<DT>C.</DT>
+<DD>State on the Title page the name of the publisher of the
+ Modified Version, as the publisher.
<P>
-</LI>
-<LI><P>
-You must cause any work that you distribute or publish, that in
-whole or in part contains or is derived from the Program or any
-part thereof, to be licensed as a whole at no charge to all third
-parties under the terms of this License.
+</DD>
+<DT>D.</DT>
+<DD>Preserve all the copyright notices of the Document.
<P>
-</LI>
-<LI>If the modified program normally reads commands interactively
-when run, you must cause it, when started running for such
-interactive use in the most ordinary way, to print or display an
-announcement including an appropriate copyright notice and a
-notice that there is no warranty (or else, saying that you provide
-a warranty) and that users may redistribute the program under
-these conditions, and telling the user how to view a copy of this
-License. (Exception: if the Program itself is interactive but
-does not normally print such an announcement, your work based on
-the Program is not required to print an announcement.)
+</DD>
+<DT>E.</DT>
+<DD>Add an appropriate copyright notice for your modifications
+ adjacent to the other copyright notices.
<P>
-</LI>
-</OL>
+</DD>
+<DT>F.</DT>
+<DD>Include, immediately after the copyright notices, a license notice
+ giving the public permission to use the Modified Version under the
+ terms of this License, in the form shown in the Addendum below.
<P>
-These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole. If
-identifiable sections of that work are not derived from the Program,
-and can be reasonably considered independent and separate works in
-themselves, then this License, and its terms, do not apply to those
-sections when you distribute them as separate works. But when you
-distribute the same sections as part of a whole which is a work based
-on the Program, the distribution of the whole must be on the terms of
-this License, whose permissions for other licensees extend to the
-entire whole, and thus to each and every part regardless of who wrote it.
+</DD>
+<DT>G.</DT>
+<DD>Preserve in that license notice the full lists of Invariant Sections
+ and required Cover Texts given in the Document's license notice.
<P>
-Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest
-your rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to
-exercise the right to control the distribution of derivative or
-collective works based on the Program.
+</DD>
+<DT>H.</DT>
+<DD>Include an unaltered copy of this License.
<P>
-In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Program
-with the Program (or with a work based on the Program) on a volume of
-a storage or distribution medium does not bring the other work under
-the scope of this License.
+</DD>
+<DT>I.</DT>
+<DD>Preserve the section Entitled ``History'', Preserve its Title, and add
+ to it an item stating at least the title, year, new authors, and
+ publisher of the Modified Version as given on the Title Page. If
+ there is no section Entitled ``History'' in the Document, create one
+ stating the title, year, authors, and publisher of the Document as
+ given on its Title Page, then add an item describing the Modified
+ Version as stated in the previous sentence.
<P>
-</LI>
-<LI>You may copy and distribute the Program (or a work based on it,
-under Section 2) in object code or executable form under the terms of
-Sections 1 and 2 above provided that you also do one of the following:
+</DD>
+<DT>J.</DT>
+<DD>Preserve the network location, if any, given in the Document for
+ public access to a Transparent copy of the Document, and likewise
+ the network locations given in the Document for previous versions
+ it was based on. These may be placed in the ``History'' section.
+ You may omit a network location for a work that was published at
+ least four years before the Document itself, or if the original
+ publisher of the version it refers to gives permission.
<P>
+</DD>
+<DT>K.</DT>
+<DD>For any section Entitled ``Acknowledgements'' or ``Dedications'',
+ Preserve the Title of the section, and preserve in the section all
+ the substance and tone of each of the contributor acknowledgements
+ and/or dedications given therein.
-<OL>
-<LI><P>
-Accompany it with the complete corresponding machine-readable
-source code, which must be distributed under the terms of Sections
-1 and 2 above on a medium customarily used for software interchange; or,
+<P>
+</DD>
+<DT>L.</DT>
+<DD>Preserve all the Invariant Sections of the Document,
+ unaltered in their text and in their titles. Section numbers
+ or the equivalent are not considered part of the section titles.
<P>
-</LI>
-<LI><P>
-Accompany it with a written offer, valid for at least three
-years, to give any third party, for a charge no more than your
-cost of physically performing source distribution, a complete
-machine-readable copy of the corresponding source code, to be
-distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a medium
-customarily used for software interchange; or,
+</DD>
+<DT>M.</DT>
+<DD>Delete any section Entitled ``Endorsements''. Such a section
+ may not be included in the Modified Version.
<P>
-</LI>
-<LI><P>
-Accompany it with the information you received as to the offer
-to distribute corresponding source code. (This alternative is
-allowed only for noncommercial distribution and only if you
-received the program in object code or executable form with such
-an offer, in accord with Subsection b above.)
+</DD>
+<DT>N.</DT>
+<DD>Do not retitle any existing section to be Entitled ``Endorsements''
+ or to conflict in title with any Invariant Section.
<P>
-</LI>
-</OL>
+</DD>
+<DT>O.</DT>
+<DD>Preserve any Warranty Disclaimers.
+</DD>
+</DL>
<P>
-The source code for a work means the preferred form of the work for
-making modifications to it. For an executable work, complete source
-code means all the source code for all modules it contains, plus any
-associated interface definition files, plus the scripts used to
-control compilation and installation of the executable. However, as a
-special exception, the source code distributed need not include
-anything that is normally distributed (in either source or binary
-form) with the major components (compiler, kernel, and so on) of the
-operating system on which the executable runs, unless that component
-itself accompanies the executable.
+If the Modified Version includes new front-matter sections or
+appendices that qualify as Secondary Sections and contain no material
+copied from the Document, you may at your option designate some or all
+of these sections as invariant. To do this, add their titles to the
+list of Invariant Sections in the Modified Version's license notice.
+These titles must be distinct from any other section titles.
<P>
-If distribution of executable or object code is made by offering
-access to copy from a designated place, then offering equivalent
-access to copy the source code from the same place counts as
-distribution of the source code, even though third parties are not
-compelled to copy the source along with the object code.
+You may add a section Entitled ``Endorsements'', provided it contains
+nothing but endorsements of your Modified Version by various
+parties-for example, statements of peer review or that the text has
+been approved by an organization as the authoritative definition of a
+standard.
<P>
-</LI>
-<LI>You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Program
-except as expressly provided under this License. Any attempt
-otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Program is
-void, and will automatically terminate your rights under this License.
-However, parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under
-this License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such
-parties remain in full compliance.
+You may add a passage of up to five words as a Front-Cover Text, and a
+passage of up to 25 words as a Back-Cover Text, to the end of the list
+of Cover Texts in the Modified Version. Only one passage of
+Front-Cover Text and one of Back-Cover Text may be added by (or
+through arrangements made by) any one entity. If the Document already
+includes a cover text for the same cover, previously added by you or
+by arrangement made by the same entity you are acting on behalf of,
+you may not add another; but you may replace the old one, on explicit
+permission from the previous publisher that added the old one.
<P>
-</LI>
-<LI>You are not required to accept this License, since you have not
-signed it. However, nothing else grants you permission to modify or
-distribute the Program or its derivative works. These actions are
-prohibited by law if you do not accept this License. Therefore, by
-modifying or distributing the Program (or any work based on the
-Program), you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so, and
-all its terms and conditions for copying, distributing or modifying
-the Program or works based on it.
-
-<P>
-</LI>
-<LI>Each time you redistribute the Program (or any work based on the
-Program), the recipient automatically receives a license from the
-original licensor to copy, distribute or modify the Program subject to
-these terms and conditions. You may not impose any further
-restrictions on the recipients' exercise of the rights granted herein.
-You are not responsible for enforcing compliance by third parties to
-this License.
-
-<P>
-</LI>
-<LI>If, as a consequence of a court judgment or allegation of patent
-infringement or for any other reason (not limited to patent issues),
-conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or
-otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not
-excuse you from the conditions of this License. If you cannot
-distribute so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this
-License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you
-may not distribute the Program at all. For example, if a patent
-license would not permit royalty-free redistribution of the Program by
-all those who receive copies directly or indirectly through you, then
-the only way you could satisfy both it and this License would be to
-refrain entirely from distribution of the Program.
-
-<P>
-If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under
-any particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to
-apply and the section as a whole is intended to apply in other
-circumstances.
-
-<P>
-It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any
-patents or other property right claims or to contest validity of any
-such claims; this section has the sole purpose of protecting the
-integrity of the free software distribution system, which is
-implemented by public license practices. Many people have made
-generous contributions to the wide range of software distributed
-through that system in reliance on consistent application of that
-system; it is up to the author/donor to decide if he or she is willing
-to distribute software through any other system and a licensee cannot
-impose that choice.
-
-<P>
-This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to
-be a consequence of the rest of this License.
-
-<P>
-</LI>
-<LI>If the distribution and/or use of the Program is restricted in
-certain countries either by patents or by copyrighted interfaces, the
-original copyright holder who places the Program under this License
-may add an explicit geographical distribution limitation excluding
-those countries, so that distribution is permitted only in or among
-countries not thus excluded. In such case, this License incorporates
-the limitation as if written in the body of this License.
-
-<P>
-</LI>
-<LI>The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions
-of the General Public License from time to time. Such new versions will
-be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to
-address new problems or concerns.
-
-<P>
-Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the Program
-specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and ``any
-later version'', you have the option of following the terms and conditions
-either of that version or of any later version published by the Free
-Software Foundation. If the Program does not specify a version number of
-this License, you may choose any version ever published by the Free Software
-Foundation.
-
-<P>
-</LI>
-<LI>If you wish to incorporate parts of the Program into other free
-programs whose distribution conditions are different, write to the author
-to ask for permission. For software which is copyrighted by the Free
-Software Foundation, write to the Free Software Foundation; we sometimes
-make exceptions for this. Our decision will be guided by the two goals
-of preserving the free status of all derivatives of our free software and
-of promoting the sharing and reuse of software generally.
+The author(s) and publisher(s) of the Document do not by this License
+give permission to use their names for publicity for or to assert or
+imply endorsement of any Modified Version.
<P>
<DIV ALIGN="CENTER">
-<BIG CLASS="XLARGE">
-N<SMALL>O </SMALL>W<SMALL>ARRANTY
-</SMALL></BIG>
+<BIG CLASS="LARGE"><B>5. COMBINING DOCUMENTS</B></BIG></DIV>
+<P>
+<DIV ALIGN="CENTER">
</DIV>
<P>
-</LI>
-<LI>B<SMALL>ECAUSE THE PROGRAM IS LICENSED FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO WARRANTY
-FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW. </SMALL>E<SMALL>XCEPT WHEN
-OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND/OR OTHER PARTIES
-PROVIDE THE PROGRAM ``AS IS'' WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED
-OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
-MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. </SMALL>T<SMALL>HE ENTIRE RISK AS
-TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM IS WITH YOU. </SMALL>S<SMALL>HOULD THE
-PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING,
-REPAIR OR CORRECTION.</SMALL>
+You may combine the Document with other documents released under this
+License, under the terms defined in section 4 above for modified
+versions, provided that you include in the combination all of the
+Invariant Sections of all of the original documents, unmodified, and
+list them all as Invariant Sections of your combined work in its
+license notice, and that you preserve all their Warranty Disclaimers.
<P>
-</LI>
-<LI>I<SMALL>N NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING
-WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY AND/OR
-REDISTRIBUTE THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES,
-INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING
-OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE PROGRAM (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED
-TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY
-YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER
-PROGRAMS), EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE
-POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES.</SMALL>
+The combined work need only contain one copy of this License, and
+multiple identical Invariant Sections may be replaced with a single
+copy. If there are multiple Invariant Sections with the same name but
+different contents, make the title of each such section unique by
+adding at the end of it, in parentheses, the name of the original
+author or publisher of that section if known, or else a unique number.
+Make the same adjustment to the section titles in the list of
+Invariant Sections in the license notice of the combined work.
<P>
-</LI>
-</OL>
+In the combination, you must combine any sections Entitled ``History''
+in the various original documents, forming one section Entitled
+``History''; likewise combine any sections Entitled ``Acknowledgements'',
+and any sections Entitled ``Dedications''. You must delete all sections
+Entitled ``Endorsements''.
<P>
<DIV ALIGN="CENTER">
-<BIG CLASS="XLARGE">E<SMALL>ND OF </SMALL>T<SMALL>ERMS AND </SMALL>C<SMALL>ONDITIONS</SMALL></BIG>
+<BIG CLASS="LARGE"><B>6. COLLECTIONS OF DOCUMENTS</B></BIG></DIV>
+<P>
+<DIV ALIGN="CENTER">
</DIV>
<P>
+You may make a collection consisting of the Document and other documents
+released under this License, and replace the individual copies of this
+License in the various documents with a single copy that is included in
+the collection, provided that you follow the rules of this License for
+verbatim copying of each of the documents in all other respects.
+
+<P>
+You may extract a single document from such a collection, and distribute
+it individually under this License, provided you insert a copy of this
+License into the extracted document, and follow this License in all
+other respects regarding verbatim copying of that document.
<P>
+<DIV ALIGN="CENTER">
+<BIG CLASS="LARGE"><B>7. AGGREGATION WITH INDEPENDENT WORKS</B></BIG></DIV>
+<P>
+<DIV ALIGN="CENTER">
-<H2><A NAME="SECTION00071000000000000000">
-Appendix: How to Apply These Terms to Your New Programs</A>
-</H2>
+</DIV>
<P>
-If you develop a new program, and you want it to be of the greatest
-possible use to the public, the best way to achieve this is to make it
-free software which everyone can redistribute and change under these
-terms.
+A compilation of the Document or its derivatives with other separate
+and independent documents or works, in or on a volume of a storage or
+distribution medium, is called an ``aggregate'' if the copyright
+resulting from the compilation is not used to limit the legal rights
+of the compilation's users beyond what the individual works permit.
+When the Document is included in an aggregate, this License does not
+apply to the other works in the aggregate which are not themselves
+derivative works of the Document.
<P>
-To do so, attach the following notices to the program. It is safest to
- attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively convey
- the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least the
- ``copyright'' line and a pointer to where the full notice is found.
+If the Cover Text requirement of section 3 is applicable to these
+copies of the Document, then if the Document is less than one half of
+the entire aggregate, the Document's Cover Texts may be placed on
+covers that bracket the Document within the aggregate, or the
+electronic equivalent of covers if the Document is in electronic form.
+Otherwise they must appear on printed covers that bracket the whole
+aggregate.
<P>
-<BLOCKQUOTE>
-one line to give the program's name and a brief idea of what it does.
-<BR>
-Copyright (C) yyyy name of author
-<BR></BLOCKQUOTE>
+<DIV ALIGN="CENTER">
+<BIG CLASS="LARGE"><B>8. TRANSLATION</B></BIG></DIV>
<P>
-<BLOCKQUOTE>This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
-(at your option) any later version.
-</BLOCKQUOTE>
+<DIV ALIGN="CENTER">
+
+</DIV>
+
<P>
-<BLOCKQUOTE>This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
-GNU General Public License for more details.
-</BLOCKQUOTE>
+Translation is considered a kind of modification, so you may
+distribute translations of the Document under the terms of section 4.
+Replacing Invariant Sections with translations requires special
+permission from their copyright holders, but you may include
+translations of some or all Invariant Sections in addition to the
+original versions of these Invariant Sections. You may include a
+translation of this License, and all the license notices in the
+Document, and any Warranty Disclaimers, provided that you also include
+the original English version of this License and the original versions
+of those notices and disclaimers. In case of a disagreement between
+the translation and the original version of this License or a notice
+or disclaimer, the original version will prevail.
+
<P>
-<BLOCKQUOTE>You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
+If a section in the Document is Entitled ``Acknowledgements'',
+``Dedications'', or ``History'', the requirement (section 4) to Preserve
+its Title (section 1) will typically require changing the actual
+title.
-</BLOCKQUOTE>
+<P>
+<DIV ALIGN="CENTER">
+<BIG CLASS="LARGE"><B>9. TERMINATION</B></BIG></DIV>
+<P>
+<DIV ALIGN="CENTER">
+
+</DIV>
<P>
-Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail.
+You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Document except
+as expressly provided for under this License. Any other attempt to
+copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Document is void, and will
+automatically terminate your rights under this License. However,
+parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under this
+License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such
+parties remain in full compliance.
<P>
-If the program is interactive, make it output a short notice like this
-when it starts in an interactive mode:
+<DIV ALIGN="CENTER">
+<BIG CLASS="LARGE"><B>10. FUTURE REVISIONS OF THIS LICENSE</B></BIG></DIV>
+<P>
+<DIV ALIGN="CENTER">
+
+</DIV>
<P>
-<BLOCKQUOTE>
-Gnomovision version 69, Copyright (C) yyyy name of author
-<BR>
-Gnomovision comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY; for details type `show w'.
-<BR>
-This is free software, and you are welcome to redistribute it
-under certain conditions; type `show c' for details.
+The Free Software Foundation may publish new, revised versions
+of the GNU Free Documentation License from time to time. Such new
+versions will be similar in spirit to the present version, but may
+differ in detail to address new problems or concerns. See
+http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/.
-</BLOCKQUOTE>
+<P>
+Each version of the License is given a distinguishing version number.
+If the Document specifies that a particular numbered version of this
+License ``or any later version'' applies to it, you have the option of
+following the terms and conditions either of that specified version or
+of any later version that has been published (not as a draft) by the
+Free Software Foundation. If the Document does not specify a version
+number of this License, you may choose any version ever published (not
+as a draft) by the Free Software Foundation.
<P>
-The hypothetical commands <TT>show w</TT> and <TT>show c</TT> should show the
-appropriate parts of the General Public License. Of course, the commands
-you use may be called something other than <TT>show w</TT> and <TT>show c</TT>;
-they could even be mouse-clicks or menu items--whatever suits your
-program.
+<DIV ALIGN="CENTER">
+<BIG CLASS="LARGE"><B>ADDENDUM: How to use this License for your documents</B></BIG></DIV>
+<P>
+<DIV ALIGN="CENTER">
+
+</DIV>
<P>
-You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or your
-school, if any, to sign a ``copyright disclaimer'' for the program, if
-necessary. Here is a sample; alter the names:
+To use this License in a document you have written, include a copy of
+the License in the document and put the following copyright and
+license notices just after the title page:
<P>
+
+<P><P>
+<BR>
<BLOCKQUOTE>
-Yoyodyne, Inc., hereby disclaims all copyright interest in the program
-<BR>`Gnomovision' (which makes passes at compilers) written by James Hacker.
-<BR></BLOCKQUOTE>
+Copyright © YEAR YOUR NAME.
+ Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
+ under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.2
+ or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
+ with no Invariant Sections, no Front-Cover Texts, and no Back-Cover Texts.
+ A copy of the license is included in the section entitled ``GNU
+ Free Documentation License''.
+
+</BLOCKQUOTE>
+
+<P><P>
+<BR>
+
<P>
-<BLOCKQUOTE>signature of Ty Coon, 1 April 1989
+If you have Invariant Sections, Front-Cover Texts and Back-Cover Texts,
+replace the ``with ... Texts.'' line with this:
+
+<P>
+
+<P><P>
<BR>
-Ty Coon, President of Vice
+<BLOCKQUOTE>
+with the Invariant Sections being LIST THEIR TITLES, with the
+ Front-Cover Texts being LIST, and with the Back-Cover Texts being LIST.
</BLOCKQUOTE>
+<P><P>
+<BR>
+
+<P>
+If you have Invariant Sections without Cover Texts, or some other
+combination of the three, merge those two alternatives to suit the
+situation.
+
<P>
-This General Public License does not permit incorporating your program
-into proprietary programs. If your program is a subroutine library, you
-may consider it more useful to permit linking proprietary applications
-with the library. If this is what you want to do, use the GNU Library
-General Public License instead of this License.
+If your document contains nontrivial examples of program code, we
+recommend releasing these examples in parallel under your choice of
+free software license, such as the GNU General Public License,
+to permit their use in free software.
<P>
<DIV CLASS="navigation"><HR>
<!--Navigation Panel-->
-<A NAME="tex2html167"
+<A NAME="tex2html166"
HREF="node8.html">
<IMG WIDTH="37" HEIGHT="24" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0" ALT="next" SRC="next.png"></A>
-<A NAME="tex2html161"
+<A NAME="tex2html160"
HREF="ionnotes.html">
<IMG WIDTH="26" HEIGHT="24" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0" ALT="up" SRC="up.png"></A>
-<A NAME="tex2html155"
+<A NAME="tex2html154"
HREF="node6.html">
<IMG WIDTH="63" HEIGHT="24" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0" ALT="previous" SRC="prev.png"></A>
-<A NAME="tex2html163"
+<A NAME="tex2html162"
HREF="node1.html">
<IMG WIDTH="65" HEIGHT="24" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0" ALT="contents" SRC="contents.png"></A>
-<A NAME="tex2html165"
+<A NAME="tex2html164"
HREF="node8.html">
<IMG WIDTH="43" HEIGHT="24" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0" ALT="index" SRC="index.png"></A>
<BR>
-<B> Next:</B> <A NAME="tex2html168"
+<B> Next:</B> <A NAME="tex2html167"
HREF="node8.html">Index</A>
-<B> Up:</B> <A NAME="tex2html162"
+<B> Up:</B> <A NAME="tex2html161"
HREF="ionnotes.html">Ion: Notes for the</A>
-<B> Previous:</B> <A NAME="tex2html156"
+<B> Previous:</B> <A NAME="tex2html155"
HREF="node6.html">5 C coding style</A>
- <B> <A NAME="tex2html164"
+ <B> <A NAME="tex2html163"
HREF="node1.html">Contents</A></B>
- <B> <A NAME="tex2html166"
+ <B> <A NAME="tex2html165"
HREF="node8.html">Index</A></B> </DIV>
<!--End of Navigation Panel-->
<BODY >
<DIV CLASS="navigation"><!--Navigation Panel-->
-<A NAME="tex2html180"
+<A NAME="tex2html178"
HREF="node9.html">
<IMG WIDTH="37" HEIGHT="24" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0" ALT="next" SRC="next.png"></A>
-<A NAME="tex2html176"
+<A NAME="tex2html174"
HREF="ionnotes.html">
<IMG WIDTH="26" HEIGHT="24" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0" ALT="up" SRC="up.png"></A>
-<A NAME="tex2html170"
+<A NAME="tex2html168"
HREF="node7.html">
<IMG WIDTH="63" HEIGHT="24" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0" ALT="previous" SRC="prev.png"></A>
-<A NAME="tex2html178"
+<A NAME="tex2html176"
HREF="node1.html">
<IMG WIDTH="65" HEIGHT="24" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0" ALT="contents" SRC="contents.png"></A>
<BR>
-<B> Next:</B> <A NAME="tex2html181"
+<B> Next:</B> <A NAME="tex2html179"
HREF="node9.html">About this document ...</A>
-<B> Up:</B> <A NAME="tex2html177"
+<B> Up:</B> <A NAME="tex2html175"
HREF="ionnotes.html">Ion: Notes for the</A>
-<B> Previous:</B> <A NAME="tex2html171"
- HREF="node7.html">A. The GNU General</A>
- <B> <A NAME="tex2html179"
+<B> Previous:</B> <A NAME="tex2html169"
+ HREF="node7.html">A. GNU Free Documentation</A>
+ <B> <A NAME="tex2html177"
HREF="node1.html">Contents</A></B>
<BR>
<BR></DIV>
Index</A>
</H2><HR><DL>
<DD><STRONG>call handler</STRONG>
- : <A HREF="node4.html#489"><SPAN CLASS="arabic">3</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">2</SPAN></A>
+ : <A HREF="node4.html#487"><SPAN CLASS="arabic">3</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">2</SPAN></A>
<DD><STRONG><TT>destroy_obj</TT></STRONG>
- : <A HREF="node5.html#617"><SPAN CLASS="arabic">4</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">1</SPAN></A>
+ : <A HREF="node5.html#615"><SPAN CLASS="arabic">4</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">1</SPAN></A>
<DD><STRONG><TT>extl_call</TT></STRONG>
- : <A HREF="node4.html#513"><SPAN CLASS="arabic">3</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">3</SPAN></A>
+ : <A HREF="node4.html#511"><SPAN CLASS="arabic">3</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">3</SPAN></A>
<DD><STRONG><TT>extl_call_named</TT></STRONG>
- : <A HREF="node4.html#514"><SPAN CLASS="arabic">3</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">3</SPAN></A>
+ : <A HREF="node4.html#512"><SPAN CLASS="arabic">3</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">3</SPAN></A>
<DD><STRONG><TT>extl_dofile</TT></STRONG>
- : <A HREF="node4.html#515"><SPAN CLASS="arabic">3</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">3</SPAN></A>
+ : <A HREF="node4.html#513"><SPAN CLASS="arabic">3</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">3</SPAN></A>
<DD><STRONG><TT>extl_dostring</TT></STRONG>
- : <A HREF="node4.html#516"><SPAN CLASS="arabic">3</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">3</SPAN></A>
+ : <A HREF="node4.html#514"><SPAN CLASS="arabic">3</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">3</SPAN></A>
<DD><STRONG><TT>extl_set_safelist</TT></STRONG>
- : <A HREF="node4.html#517"><SPAN CLASS="arabic">3</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">3</SPAN></A>
+ : <A HREF="node4.html#515"><SPAN CLASS="arabic">3</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">3</SPAN></A>
<DD><STRONG>ExtlFn</STRONG>
- : <A HREF="node4.html#520"><SPAN CLASS="arabic">3</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">1</SPAN></A>
+ : <A HREF="node4.html#518"><SPAN CLASS="arabic">3</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">1</SPAN></A>
<DD><STRONG>ExtlTab</STRONG>
- : <A HREF="node4.html#519"><SPAN CLASS="arabic">3</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">1</SPAN></A>
+ : <A HREF="node4.html#517"><SPAN CLASS="arabic">3</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">1</SPAN></A>
<DD><STRONG><TT>mainloop_defer_action</TT></STRONG>
- : <A HREF="node5.html#619"><SPAN CLASS="arabic">4</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">1</SPAN></A>
+ : <A HREF="node5.html#617"><SPAN CLASS="arabic">4</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">1</SPAN></A>
<DD><STRONG><TT>mainloop_defer_destroy</TT></STRONG>
- : <A HREF="node5.html#618"><SPAN CLASS="arabic">4</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">1</SPAN></A>
+ : <A HREF="node5.html#616"><SPAN CLASS="arabic">4</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">1</SPAN></A>
<DD><STRONG>manager</STRONG>
- : <A HREF="node2.html#295"><SPAN CLASS="arabic">1</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">2</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">1</SPAN></A>
+ : <A HREF="node2.html#293"><SPAN CLASS="arabic">1</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">2</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">1</SPAN></A>
<DD><STRONG>Obj</STRONG>
- : <A HREF="node2.html#323"><SPAN CLASS="arabic">1</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">1</SPAN></A>
+ : <A HREF="node2.html#321"><SPAN CLASS="arabic">1</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">1</SPAN></A>
<DD><STRONG>parent</STRONG>
- : <A HREF="node2.html#280"><SPAN CLASS="arabic">1</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">2</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">1</SPAN></A>
+ : <A HREF="node2.html#278"><SPAN CLASS="arabic">1</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">2</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">1</SPAN></A>
<DD><STRONG><TT>read_config_for</TT></STRONG>
- : <A HREF="node4.html#518"><SPAN CLASS="arabic">3</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">4</SPAN></A>
+ : <A HREF="node4.html#516"><SPAN CLASS="arabic">3</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">4</SPAN></A>
<DD><STRONG>root window</STRONG>
- : <A HREF="node2.html#244"><SPAN CLASS="arabic">1</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">1</SPAN></A>
+ : <A HREF="node2.html#242"><SPAN CLASS="arabic">1</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">1</SPAN></A>
<DD><STRONG>screen</STRONG><DL>
-<DD><STRONG>physical</STRONG> : <A HREF="node2.html#247"><SPAN CLASS="arabic">1</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">1</SPAN></A>
-<DD><STRONG>X</STRONG> : <A HREF="node2.html#245"><SPAN CLASS="arabic">1</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">1</SPAN></A>
+<DD><STRONG>physical</STRONG> : <A HREF="node2.html#245"><SPAN CLASS="arabic">1</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">1</SPAN></A>
+<DD><STRONG>X</STRONG> : <A HREF="node2.html#243"><SPAN CLASS="arabic">1</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">1</SPAN></A>
</DL>
<DD><STRONG>WClientWin</STRONG>
- : <A HREF="node2.html#325"><SPAN CLASS="arabic">1</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">1</SPAN></A>
+ : <A HREF="node2.html#323"><SPAN CLASS="arabic">1</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">1</SPAN></A>
<DD><STRONG>WEdln</STRONG>
- : <A HREF="node2.html#338"><SPAN CLASS="arabic">1</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">1</SPAN></A>
+ : <A HREF="node2.html#336"><SPAN CLASS="arabic">1</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">1</SPAN></A>
<DD><STRONG>WFrame</STRONG>
- : <A HREF="node2.html#329"><SPAN CLASS="arabic">1</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">1</SPAN></A>
+ : <A HREF="node2.html#327"><SPAN CLASS="arabic">1</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">1</SPAN></A>
<DD><STRONG>WGroup</STRONG>
- : <A HREF="node2.html#330"><SPAN CLASS="arabic">1</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">1</SPAN></A>
+ : <A HREF="node2.html#328"><SPAN CLASS="arabic">1</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">1</SPAN></A>
<DD><STRONG>WGroupCW</STRONG>
- : <A HREF="node2.html#332"><SPAN CLASS="arabic">1</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">1</SPAN></A>
+ : <A HREF="node2.html#330"><SPAN CLASS="arabic">1</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">1</SPAN></A>
<DD><STRONG>WGroupWS</STRONG>
- : <A HREF="node2.html#331"><SPAN CLASS="arabic">1</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">1</SPAN></A>
+ : <A HREF="node2.html#329"><SPAN CLASS="arabic">1</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">1</SPAN></A>
<DD><STRONG>WInput</STRONG>
- : <A HREF="node2.html#337"><SPAN CLASS="arabic">1</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">1</SPAN></A>
+ : <A HREF="node2.html#335"><SPAN CLASS="arabic">1</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">1</SPAN></A>
<DD><STRONG>WMessage</STRONG>
- : <A HREF="node2.html#339"><SPAN CLASS="arabic">1</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">1</SPAN></A>
+ : <A HREF="node2.html#337"><SPAN CLASS="arabic">1</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">1</SPAN></A>
<DD><STRONG>WObj</STRONG>
- : <A HREF="node3.html#426"><SPAN CLASS="arabic">2</SPAN></A>
+ : <A HREF="node3.html#424"><SPAN CLASS="arabic">2</SPAN></A>
<DD><STRONG>WObjDescr</STRONG>
- : <A HREF="node3.html#428"><SPAN CLASS="arabic">2</SPAN></A>
+ : <A HREF="node3.html#426"><SPAN CLASS="arabic">2</SPAN></A>
<DD><STRONG>WRegion</STRONG>
- : <A HREF="node2.html#324"><SPAN CLASS="arabic">1</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">1</SPAN></A>
+ : <A HREF="node2.html#322"><SPAN CLASS="arabic">1</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">1</SPAN></A>
<DD><STRONG>WRootWin</STRONG>
- : <A HREF="node2.html#328"><SPAN CLASS="arabic">1</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">1</SPAN></A>
+ : <A HREF="node2.html#326"><SPAN CLASS="arabic">1</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">1</SPAN></A>
<DD><STRONG>WScreen</STRONG>
- : <A HREF="node2.html#327"><SPAN CLASS="arabic">1</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">1</SPAN></A>
+ : <A HREF="node2.html#325"><SPAN CLASS="arabic">1</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">1</SPAN></A>
<DD><STRONG>WSplit</STRONG>
- : <A HREF="node2.html#335"><SPAN CLASS="arabic">1</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">1</SPAN></A>
+ : <A HREF="node2.html#333"><SPAN CLASS="arabic">1</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">1</SPAN></A>
<DD><STRONG>WTiling</STRONG>
- : <A HREF="node2.html#334"><SPAN CLASS="arabic">1</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">1</SPAN></A>
+ : <A HREF="node2.html#332"><SPAN CLASS="arabic">1</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">1</SPAN></A>
<DD><STRONG>WWatch</STRONG>
- : <A HREF="node3.html#429"><SPAN CLASS="arabic">2</SPAN></A>
+ : <A HREF="node3.html#427"><SPAN CLASS="arabic">2</SPAN></A>
<DD><STRONG>WWindow</STRONG>
- : <A HREF="node2.html#326"><SPAN CLASS="arabic">1</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">1</SPAN></A>
+ : <A HREF="node2.html#324"><SPAN CLASS="arabic">1</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">1</SPAN></A>
<DD><STRONG>Xinerama</STRONG>
- : <A HREF="node2.html#248"><SPAN CLASS="arabic">1</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">1</SPAN></A>
+ : <A HREF="node2.html#246"><SPAN CLASS="arabic">1</SPAN>.<SPAN CLASS="arabic">1</SPAN></A>
</DL>
<DIV CLASS="navigation"><!--Navigation Panel-->
<IMG WIDTH="37" HEIGHT="24" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0" ALT="next" SRC="next_g.png">
-<A NAME="tex2html186"
+<A NAME="tex2html184"
HREF="ionnotes.html">
<IMG WIDTH="26" HEIGHT="24" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0" ALT="up" SRC="up.png"></A>
-<A NAME="tex2html182"
+<A NAME="tex2html180"
HREF="node8.html">
<IMG WIDTH="63" HEIGHT="24" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0" ALT="previous" SRC="prev.png"></A>
-<A NAME="tex2html188"
+<A NAME="tex2html186"
HREF="node1.html">
<IMG WIDTH="65" HEIGHT="24" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0" ALT="contents" SRC="contents.png"></A>
-<A NAME="tex2html190"
+<A NAME="tex2html188"
HREF="node8.html">
<IMG WIDTH="43" HEIGHT="24" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0" ALT="index" SRC="index.png"></A>
<BR>
-<B> Up:</B> <A NAME="tex2html187"
+<B> Up:</B> <A NAME="tex2html185"
HREF="ionnotes.html">Ion: Notes for the</A>
-<B> Previous:</B> <A NAME="tex2html183"
+<B> Previous:</B> <A NAME="tex2html181"
HREF="node8.html">Index</A>
- <B> <A NAME="tex2html189"
+ <B> <A NAME="tex2html187"
HREF="node1.html">Contents</A></B>
- <B> <A NAME="tex2html191"
+ <B> <A NAME="tex2html189"
HREF="node8.html">Index</A></B>
<BR>
<BR></DIV>
The command line arguments were: <BR>
<STRONG>latex2html</STRONG> <TT>-show_section_numbers -short_index -local_icons -noaddress -up_url http://iki.fi/tuomov/ion/ -up_title 'Ion homepage' -nofootnode -split 4 ionnotes</TT>
<P>
-The translation was initiated by tuomov on 2007-11-09
+The translation was initiated by tuomov on 2008-01-03
<BR><HR>
</BODY>
| |-->WWindow
| | |-->WMPlex
| | | |-->WFrame
- | | | |-->WScreen
- | | | |-->WRootWin
- | | |-->WInput (mod_query)
+ | | | `-->WScreen
+ | | | `-->WRootWin
+ | | `-->WInput (mod_query)
| | |-->WEdln (mod_query)
- | | |-->WMessage (mod_query)
+ | | `-->WMessage (mod_query)
| |-->WGroup
| | |-->WGroupWS
- | | |-->WGroupCW
- | |-->WTiling (mod_tiling)
- |-->WSplit (mod_tiling)
+ | | `-->WGroupCW
+ | `-->WTiling (mod_tiling)
+ `-->WSplit (mod_tiling)
\end{verbatim}
\caption{Partial Ioncore, \file{mod\_tiling} and \file{mod\_query}
class hierarchy.}
\end{htmlonly}
\begin{verbatim}
WRootWins
- |-->WScreens
- |-->WGroupWSs
- |-->WTilings
- |-->WClientWins in full screen mode
- |-->WFrames
- |-->WGroupCWs
- |-->WClientWins
- |-->WFrames for transients
- |-->a possible WEdln or WMessage
+ |-->WGroupWSs
+ |-->WTilings
+ |-->WClientWins in full screen mode
+ `-->WFrames
+ |-->WGroupCWs
+ |-->WClientWins
+ |-->WFrames for transients
+ `-->a possible WEdln or WMessage
\end{verbatim}
\caption{Most common parent--child relations}
\label{fig:parentship}
relationship gives a better picture of the logical ordering of objects on
the screen. Again, there are generally few limits, but the most common
hierarchy is given in Figure \ref{fig:managership}. Note that sometimes
-the parent and manager are the same object and not all objects may have
-a manager (e.g. the dock in the dock module at the time of writing this)
-but all have a parent--a screen if not anything else.
+the parent and manager are the same object and not all regions may have
+a manager, but all have a parent--a screen if not anything else.
\subsubsection{Manager--managed relations}
\end{htmlonly}
\begin{verbatim}
WRootWins
- |-->WScreens
- |-->WGroupCWs for full screen WClientWins
- | |-->WClientWins
- | |-->WFrames for transients (dialogs)
- | |--> WClientWin
- |-->WGroupWSs for workspaces
- | |-->WTiling
- | | |-->WFrames
- | | | |-->WGroupCWs (with contents as above)
- | | |-->possibly a WStatusBar or WDock
- | |-->WFrames for floating content
- | |-->possibly a WEdln, WMessage or WMenu
- | |-->possibly a WStatusBar or WDock (if no tiling)
- |-->WFrames for sticky stuff, such as the scratchpad
+ |-->WGroupCWs for full screen WClientWins
+ | |-->WClientWins
+ | `-->WFrames for transients (dialogs)
+ | `--> WClientWin
+ |-->WGroupWSs for workspaces
+ | |-->WTiling
+ | | |-->WFrames
+ | | | `-->WGroupCWs (with contents as above)
+ | | `-->possibly a WStatusBar or WDock
+ | |-->WFrames for floating content
+ | |-->possibly a WEdln, WMessage or WMenu
+ | `-->possibly a WStatusBar or WDock (if no tiling)
+ `-->WFrames for sticky stuff, such as the scratchpad
\end{verbatim}
\caption{Most common manager--managed relations}
\label{fig:managership}
It is possible to write more complex winprop selection routines than
those described in section \ref{sec:winprops}. To match a particular
winprop using whatever way you want to, just set the \var{match}
-field of the winprop to a function that receives the client window
-as its sole parameter, and that returns \code{true} if the winprop
-matches, and \code{false} otherwise.
-
-The class, instance and role properties can be obtained with
-\fnref{WClientWin.get_ident}, and the title with \fnref{WRegion.name}.
+field of the winprop to a function that receives the as its parameters
+the triple \var{(prop, cwin, id)}, where \var{prop} is the table for
+the winprop itself, \code{cwin} is the client window object,
+and \var{id} is the \fnref{WClientWin.get_ident} result.
+The function should return \var{true} if the winprop matches,
+and \code{false} otherwise. Note that the \var{match} function
+is only called after matching against class/role/instance.
+
+The title of a client window can be obtained with \fnref{WRegion.name}.
If you want to match against (almost) arbitrary window properties,
have a look at the documentation for the following functions, and
their standard Xlib counterparts: \fnref{ioncore.x_intern_atom}
projects / ion3-doc.git / commitdiff